{"title":"Bench drill mill","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe benchtop drill mill is a machine tool that combines drilling, milling, and tapping in a single compact system. Also called a benchtop milling machine or drill milling machine, it processes steel, cast iron, and aluminum with drilling capacities up to Ø 45 mm and milling capacities up to Ø 80 mm. In the catalog, you will find 43 \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bernardo\"\u003eBernardo\u003c\/a\u003e metal drill mills: from the entry-level KF series (starting from €829.60) to the industrial FM milling machines with pneumatic clamping (up to €8,076.40 including VAT). All models feature a tilting head, a cross table with T-slots, and a CM2, CM3, or CM4 Morse taper.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"bernardo-kf-25-d-vario-fresatrice-dro","title":"Bernardo KF 25 D Vario Mill-Drill with DT 40 3-axis DRO and Vario speed","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KF 25 D Vario is a professional 110 kg drill-milling machine for workshops and mechanical laboratories, with a steel drilling capacity of Ø20 mm, face milling up to Ø63 mm, Vario speed 50–1,125 \/ 100–2,250 rpm, 0.90 kW motor, MT 2 spindle taper, and DT 40 DRO. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel drilling Ø20 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. face milling Ø63 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. end milling Ø20 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle speed 50–1,125 \/ 100–2,250 rpm (Vario)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle taper MT 2, travel 52 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCross table 500 x 180 mm, X\/Y travel 305 \/ 125 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-axis digital readout DT 40 included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor 0.60 kW (S1) \/ 0.90 kW (S6) 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight 110 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the KF 25 D Vario and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmall mechanical workshops, maintenance personnel, and prototyping laboratories use this drill-milling machine for intermediate processing: drilling up to Ø20 mm in steel, face milling up to Ø63 mm, creating keyways on the table, and angular drilling thanks to the inclinable head ±90°. The Vario speed of 50–1,125 \/ 100–2,250 rpm allows it to adapt to different materials, from mild steels to light alloys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KF 25 D Vario is positioned in the mid-range of Bernardo drill-milling machines. Above this machine, the range offers the BF 28 BDC and BF 30 G models with greater drilling capacity (20 mm vs. 28-30 mm) and the large BF 45 HSV \/ FM 45 HSV \/ FM 50 HSV with 308-362 kg structures for industrial use. Below the KF 25 D Vario, the range offers the KF 10 benchtop series for model making and laboratory use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). For original Bernardo spare parts, shipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the KF 25 D Vario for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall and medium mechanical workshops\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling Ø20 mm, milling Ø63 mm, Vario speed 50–1,125 \/ 100–2,250 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial maintenance and repair workshops\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable 500 x 180 mm with X\/Y travel 305 \/ 125 mm; inclinable head ±90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduction with high-strength hard steels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo be evaluated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.90 kW 230 V motor suitable for mild steels and light alloys; for alloy steels, consider large HSVs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e continuous production on hardened steels, heavy mold machining, multi-shift industrial cycles (for these uses, consider BF 45 HSV or FM 45\/50 HSV).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMachining capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel drilling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. face milling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ63 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. end milling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (Vario)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50–1,125 \/ 100–2,250 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClockwise\/counter-clockwise rotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, standard for threading\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and head\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 x 180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable travel (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 \/ 125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e275 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45–325 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.60 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.90 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 x 560 x 930 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrill chuck 3-16 mm \/ B16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle arbor MT 2 \/ B16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrawbar M12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-axis digital readout DT 40 with LCD display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital speed indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital spindle travel indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEMC filter compliant with CE regulations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable guard with microswitch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat drilling and milling capacities does the KF 25 D Vario have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel drilling up to Ø20 mm, face milling up to Ø63 mm, end milling up to Ø20 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stated capacities refer to standard unhardened steels (e.g., C40, S235). For harder materials or alloyed steels, the actual capacity may be lower: in this case, it is advisable to reduce the rotational speed and feed rate to avoid stressing the spindle and tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is the spindle speed adjusted on the KF 25 D Vario?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine features continuously adjustable Vario speed in the range of 50–1,125 \/ 100–2,250 rpm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVario adjustment allows fine-tuning the speed to the material and tool diameter without having to change belts or gears. For face milling mild steels, you typically work in the lower range, while for small diameter holes in aluminum, the higher range is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply and motor does the KF 25 D Vario have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0.60 kW (S1 continuous) \/ 0.90 kW (S6 intermittent) motor with 230 V power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor operates with a standard 230 V single-phase power supply, found in all workshop and laboratory environments. The S6 40% rating indicates that the motor can deliver maximum power for intermittent cycles, while the S1 100% rating indicates the nominal power for continuous use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the table dimensions, travel, and spindle taper of the KF 25 D Vario?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCross table 500 x 180 mm with X\/Y travel of 305 \/ 125 mm, MT 2 spindle taper, spindle travel 52 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MT 2 spindle taper is an international standard: accessories (self-tightening chucks, tool holders, reduction arbors) are commonly available. The table travels allow working on pieces within the effective useful dimensions (X\/Y travels net of clamping encumbrances).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the KF 25 D Vario weigh and what type of installation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine weighs approximately 110 kg and is designed for installation on a rigid base (optional) or a robust workbench, with a 230 V electrical connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor transporting and positioning a 110 kg machine, the use of a pallet jack or light crane is recommended. The support bench must be sized for the weight of the machine plus the workpiece, ensuring flatness to avoid compromising precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696719008072,"sku":"02-1027C","price":2330.27,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_KF_25_D_Vario_Trapano-fresatrice_con_visualizzatore_digitale_DT_40.png?v=1757672796"},{"product_id":"bernardo-kf-25l-vario-trapano-fresa-3-assi","title":"Bernardo KF 25 L Vario Drill-Milling Machine with 3-Axis DRO DT 40 and 700 mm Table","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KF 25 L Vario is a professional 120 kg drill-milling machine for workshops and mechanical laboratories, with steel drilling Ø20 mm, face milling Ø63 mm, Vario speed 50–1,125 \/ 100–2,250 rpm, 0.90 kW motor, MT 2 taper, DT 40 DRO. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel drilling Ø20 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax face milling Ø63 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax end milling Ø20 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle speed 50–1,125 \/ 100–2,250 rpm (Vario)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle taper MT 2, stroke 52 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCross table 700 x 180 mm, X\/Y travel 490 \/ 125 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-axis digital readout DT 40 included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor 0.60 kW (S1) \/ 0.90 kW (S6) 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight 120 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the KF 25 L Vario and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmall-scale mechanical workshops, maintenance technicians, and prototyping laboratories use this drill-milling machine for intermediate machining: drilling up to Ø20 mm in steel, face milling up to Ø63 mm, keyway cutting, and angular drilling thanks to the ±90° tilting head. The Vario speed of 50–1,125 \/ 100–2,250 rpm allows it to adapt to different materials, from mild steels to light alloys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KF 25 L Vario is positioned in the mid-range of Bernardo drill-milling machines. Above this machine, the range offers the BF 28 BDC and BF 30 G models with greater drilling capacity (20 mm vs. 28-30 mm) and the large BF 45 HSV \/ FM 45 HSV \/ FM 50 HSV with 308-362 kg structures for industrial use. Below the KF 25 L Vario, the range offers the KF 10 benchtop series for model making and laboratory use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). For original Bernardo spare parts, shipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the KF 25 L Vario for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall and medium mechanical workshops\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling Ø20 mm, milling Ø63 mm, Vario speed 50–1,125 \/ 100–2,250 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial maintenance technicians and repair workshops\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable 700 x 180 mm with X\/Y travel 490 \/ 125 mm; ±90° tilting head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduction in hard high-strength steels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo be evaluated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.90 kW 230 V motor suitable for mild steels and light alloys; for alloy steels, consider large HSV models\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot indicated for:\u003c\/strong\u003e continuous production on hardened steels, heavy mold machining, multi-shift industrial cycles (for these uses, consider BF 45 HSV or FM 45\/50 HSV).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMachining capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel drilling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax face milling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ63 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax end milling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (Vario)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50–1,125 \/ 100–2,250 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRight\/left rotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, standard for threading\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and head\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 x 180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable travel (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e490 \/ 125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e275 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45–325 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.60 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.90 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e950 x 560 x 930 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrill chuck 3-16 mm \/ B16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle arbor MT 2 \/ B16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrawbar M12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-axis digital readout DT 40 with LCD display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital speed indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital spindle stroke indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEMC filter compliant with CE regulations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable guard with microswitch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the drilling and milling capacities of the KF 25 L Vario?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel drilling up to Ø20 mm, face milling up to Ø63 mm, end milling up to Ø20 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stated capacities refer to standard unhardened steels (e.g., C40, S235). For harder materials or alloy steels, the actual capacity may be lower: in this case, it is advisable to reduce the rotation speed and feed rate to avoid stressing the spindle and tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is the spindle speed adjusted on the KF 25 L Vario?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine features continuously adjustable Vario speed in the range of 50–1,125 \/ 100–2,250 rpm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVario adjustment allows for fine-tuning the speed to the material and tool diameter, without needing to change belts or gears. For face milling of mild steels, one typically works in the lower range, while for small diameter holes in aluminum, the higher range is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply and motor does the KF 25 L Vario use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0.60 kW (S1 continuous) \/ 0.90 kW (S6 intermittent) motor with 230 V power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor operates on standard single-phase 230 V power, available in all workshop and laboratory environments. The S6 40% rating indicates that the motor can deliver maximum power for intermittent cycles, while the S1 100% rating indicates the nominal power for continuous use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the table dimensions, travel, and spindle taper of the KF 25 L Vario?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCross table 700 x 180 mm with X\/Y travel of 490 \/ 125 mm, MT 2 spindle taper, 52 mm spindle stroke.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MT 2 spindle taper is an international standard: accessories (self-tightening chucks, milling arbor holders, reduction arbors) are commonly available. The table travels allow for machining workpieces that fall within the effective usable dimensions (X\/Y travels net of clamping obstructions).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the KF 25 L Vario weigh and what kind of installation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine weighs approximately 120 kg and is designed for installation on a rigid base (optional) or a robust workbench, with a 230 V electrical connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor transporting and positioning a 120 kg machine, the use of a pallet truck or light crane is recommended. The support bench must be sized for the weight of the machine plus the workpiece, ensuring flatness to avoid compromising precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696724578632,"sku":"02-1029C","price":2427.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_KF_25_L_Vario_Trapano-fresatrice_con_visualizzatore_digitale_a_3_assi_DT_40.png?v=1757425429"},{"product_id":"bernardo-bf-25-super-trapano-fresatrice","title":"Bernardo BF 25 Super Drill-Milling Machine with Vario Speed 100-1,750 rpm and M12 Thread","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BF 25 Super is a professional 165 kg drill-milling machine for workshops and mechanical laboratories, with Ø25 mm steel drilling capacity, Ø63 mm face milling capacity, Vario speed 100–1,750 rpm, 1.3 kW motor, MT 3 spindle taper. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel drilling Ø25 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. face milling Ø63 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. end milling Ø25 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThreading up to M12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle speed 100–1,750 rpm (Vario)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle taper MT 3, stroke 70 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCross table 550 x 160 mm, X\/Y travel 400 \/ 140 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor 1.0 kW (S1) \/ 1.3 kW (S6) 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight 165 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BF 25 Super and what for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmall-scale mechanical workshops, maintenance technicians, and prototyping laboratories use this drill-milling machine for intermediate operations: drilling up to Ø25 mm in steel, face milling up to Ø63 mm, slotting on the table, angular drilling thanks to the 90° R \/ 30° L tilting head. The Vario speed of 100–1,750 rpm allows it to adapt to different materials, from soft steels to light alloys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BF 25 Super is positioned in the mid-range of Bernardo drill-milling machines. Above this machine, the range offers the BF 28 BDC and BF 30 G models with greater drilling capacity (25 mm vs. 28-30 mm) and the large BF 45 HSV \/ FM 45 HSV \/ FM 50 HSV with structures weighing 308-362 kg for industrial use. Below the BF 25 Super, the range offers the KF 10 bench series for model making and laboratories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For original Bernardo spare parts, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the BF 25 Super for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall and medium mechanical workshops\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling Ø25 mm, milling Ø63 mm, Vario speed 100–1,750 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial maintenance and repair shops\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable 550 x 160 mm with X\/Y travel 400 \/ 140 mm; tilting head 90° R \/ 30° L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduction in hard, high-strength steels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo be evaluated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.3 kW 230 V motor suitable for mild steels and light alloys; for alloyed steels, consider large HSVs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e continuous production on hardened steels, heavy mold machining, multi-shift industrial cycles (for these uses, consider BF 45 HSV or FM 45\/50 HSV).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMachining capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel drilling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. face milling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ63 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. end milling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. threading\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (Vario)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100–1,750 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRight\/left rotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, standard for threading\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and head\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 x 160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable travel (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 \/ 140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° R \/ 30° L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25–415 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.3 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 x 670 x 980 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChuck 3-16 mm \/ B16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle arbor MT 3 \/ B16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrawbar M12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital speed indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital spindle stroke indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated threading device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable guard with microswitch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the drilling and milling capacities of the BF 25 Super?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel drilling up to Ø25 mm, face milling up to Ø63 mm, end milling up to Ø25 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stated capacities refer to standard unhardened steels (e.g., C40, S235). On harder materials or alloyed steels, the actual capacity may be lower: in this case, it is advisable to reduce the rotation speed and feed rate to avoid stressing the spindle and tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is the spindle speed adjusted on the BF 25 Super?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine has a continuously adjustable Vario speed in the range 100–1,750 rpm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Vario adjustment allows for fine tuning of the speed to the material and tool diameter, without having to change belts or gears. For face milling of mild steels, you typically work in the low range, while for small diameter holes in aluminum, the high range is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply and motor does the BF 25 Super use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.0 kW (S1 continuous) \/ 1.3 kW (S6 intermittent) motor with 230 V power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor operates with standard 230 V single-phase power, available in all workshop and laboratory environments. The S6 40% rating indicates that the motor can deliver maximum power for intermittent cycles, while the S1 100% rating indicates the nominal power for continuous use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the table dimensions, travel, and spindle taper of the BF 25 Super?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCross table 550 x 160 mm with X\/Y travel of 400 \/ 140 mm, MT 3 spindle taper, 70 mm spindle stroke.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MT 3 spindle taper is an international standard: accessories (self-tightening chucks, milling chucks, reduction arbors) are commonly available. The table travels allow for machining parts within the effective usable dimensions (X\/Y travels net of clamping obstructions).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the BF 25 Super weigh and what type of installation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine weighs approximately 165 kg and is designed for installation on a rigid base (optional accessory) or a robust workbench, with a 230 V electrical connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor transporting and positioning a 165 kg machine, the use of a pallet truck or light crane is recommended. The support bench must be sized for the weight of the machine plus the workpiece being machined, ensuring flatness to avoid compromising precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696733851976,"sku":"02-1040","price":2481.57,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_BF_25_Super_Trapano-fresatrice_compatta_con_regolazione_elettronica_continua.png?v=1757668708"},{"product_id":"fresatrici-bernardo-bf-28-bdc","title":"Bernardo BF 28 BDC 230 V Drill-Milling Machine with Digital Speed and Travel Indicators","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BF 28 BDC is a professional drilling and milling machine for mechanical workshops, with a steel drilling capacity of Ø28 mm, face milling capacity of Ø63 mm, tapping capacity of M12, Vario speed of 100–1,500 \/ 200–3,000 rpm, 1.1 kW motor, and MT 3 taper. Weight 130 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel drilling Ø28 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax face milling Ø63 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax end milling Ø20 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTapping up to M12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle speed 100–1,500 \/ 200–3,000 rpm (Vario)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle taper MT 3, travel 67 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCross table 700 x 180 mm, X\/Y travel 500 \/ 215 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor 0.75 kW (S1) \/ 1.1 kW (S6) 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight 130 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BF 28 BDC and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLight metalworking workshops, repair shops, and mechanical laboratories use this drilling and milling machine for small series production: drilling flanges and supports up to Ø28 mm, milling keyways on brackets, tapping up to M12 with a reverse pedal. On this machine, the digital indicators for speed and spindle travel aid in machining references.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BF 28 BDC with digital speed and travel indicators (basic version) is positioned in the mid-to-high range of Bernardo drilling and milling machines. Above this machine, the range offers the BF 30 G with a 12-speed mechanical gearbox and the large BF 45 HSV \/ FM 45 HSV \/ FM 50 HSV for intensive machining. Below the BF 28 BDC, the range includes the KF 25\/26 and BF 25 Super models with reduced drilling capacities (20-25 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For original Bernardo spare parts, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the BF 28 BDC for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight metalworking and mechanical workshops\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling Ø28 mm, milling Ø63 mm, tapping M12 with reverse pedal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall series prototyping laboratories\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable 700 x 180 mm, Vario speed 100–1,500 \/ 200–3,000 rpm, MT 3 taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachining with repeatable positioning on 3 axes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo be evaluated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVersion with digital indicators; for greater precision, evaluate versions with DRO ES-12 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e intensive multi-shift production, machining of high-strength hardened steels, continuous cycles in industrial workshops (for these uses, consider the BF 30 G with mechanical gearbox or the HSV range).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMachining capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel drilling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ28 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax face milling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ63 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax end milling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax tapping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e67 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (Vario)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100–1,500 \/ 200–3,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRight\/left rotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, standard for tapping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and head\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 x 180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable travel (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 \/ 215 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e290 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e175 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75–365 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e970 x 605 x 1,040 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChuck 3-16 mm \/ B16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle arbor MT 3 \/ B16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrawbar M12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital speed indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital spindle travel indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePedal for direction reversal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated tapping device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEMC filter compliant with CE regulations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable protection with microswitch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the drilling and milling capacities of the BF 28 BDC?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel drilling up to Ø28 mm, face milling up to Ø63 mm, end milling up to Ø20 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe declared capacities refer to standard unhardened steels (e.g., C40, S235). For harder materials or alloyed steels, the actual capacity may be lower: in this case, it is advisable to reduce the rotation speed and feed rate to avoid stressing the spindle and tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is the spindle speed adjusted on the BF 28 BDC?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine features continuously variable Vario speed in the range of 100–1,500 \/ 200–3,000 rpm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Vario adjustment allows the speed to be finely adapted to the material and tool diameter, without having to change belts or gears. For face milling of mild steels, work is typically done in the lower range, while for small diameter holes in aluminum, the upper range is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply and motor does the BF 28 BDC have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0.75 kW motor (S1 continuous) \/ 1.1 kW (S6 intermittent) with 230 V power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor operates with a standard 230 V single-phase power supply, found in all workshop and laboratory environments. The S6 40% rating indicates that the motor can deliver maximum power for intermittent cycles, while the S1 100% rating indicates the nominal power for continuous use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the table dimensions, travel, and spindle taper of the BF 28 BDC?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCross table 700 x 180 mm with X\/Y travel of 500 \/ 215 mm, MT 3 spindle taper, spindle travel 67 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MT 3 spindle taper is an international standard: accessories (self-tightening chucks, milling chucks, reduction arbors) are commonly available. The table travels allow working on parts that fall within the effective useful dimensions (X\/Y travels net of clamping obstructions).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the BF 28 BDC weigh and what type of installation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine weighs approximately 130 kg and is designed for installation on a rigid base (optional) or a sturdy workbench, with a 230 V electrical connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor transporting and positioning a 130 kg machine, it is recommended to use a pallet truck or a light crane. The support bench must be sized for the weight of the machine plus the workpiece, ensuring flatness to avoid compromising accuracy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696735588680,"sku":"02-1112","price":2501.09,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Trapano_Fresatrice_Bernardo_BF_28_BDC_230V_con_indicatori_digitali.jpg?v=1757359864"},{"product_id":"bernardo-bf-28-bdc-trapano-fresa-3-assi","title":"Bernardo BF 28 BDC Mill-Drill with 3-axis DRO ES-12 V and X-axis power feed AL 280 D","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BF 28 BDC is a professional drill-mill machine with DRO ES-12 V for mechanical workshops, featuring steel drilling Ø28 mm, face milling Ø63 mm, tapping M12, Vario speed 100–1,500 \/ 200–3,000 rpm, 1.1 kW motor, MT 3 spindle taper, and AL 280 D automatic X-axis feed. Weight 130 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel drilling Ø28 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax face milling Ø63 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax end milling Ø20 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTapping up to M12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle speed 100–1,500 \/ 200–3,000 rpm (Vario)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle taper MT 3, travel 67 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCross table 700 x 180 mm, X\/Y travel 500 \/ 215 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-axis digital readout ES-12 V included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic X-axis feed AL 280 D as standard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor 0.75 kW (S1) \/ 1.1 kW (S6) 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight 130 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BF 28 BDC and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLight fabrication workshops, repair shops, and mechanical laboratories use this drill-mill machine for small series production: drilling flanges and supports up to Ø28 mm, milling keyways on brackets, tapping up to M12 with a reverse pedal. On this machine, the DRO ES-12 V allows repeatable positioning on 3 axes, while the AL 280 D automatic X-axis feed reduces fatigue during long milling operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BF 28 BDC with DRO ES-12 V and AL 280 D automatic X-axis feed (top-of-the-range version) is positioned in the mid-high segment of Bernardo drill-mill machines. Above this machine, the range offers the BF 30 G with a 12-speed mechanical gearbox and the large BF 45 HSV \/ FM 45 HSV \/ FM 50 HSV for intensive work. Below the BF 28 BDC, the range offers models KF 25\/26 and BF 25 Super with reduced drilling capacities (20-25 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). For original Bernardo spare parts, shipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the BF 28 BDC for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight fabrication and mechanical workshops\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling Ø28 mm, milling Ø63 mm, tapping M12 with reverse pedal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall series prototyping laboratories\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable 700 x 180 mm, Vario speed 100–1,500 \/ 200–3,000 rpm, MT 3 spindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachining with repeatable positioning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-axis DRO ES-12 V allows precise referencing on X, Y, and Z\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e intensive multi-shift production, machining high-strength hardened steels, continuous cycles in industrial workshops (for these uses, consider the BF 30 G with mechanical gearbox or the HSV range).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel drilling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ28 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax face milling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ63 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax end milling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax tapping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e67 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (Vario)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100–1,500 \/ 200–3,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRight\/left rotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, standard for tapping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and head\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 x 180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable travel (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 \/ 215 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e290 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-to-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e175 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-to-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75–365 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e970 x 605 x 1,040 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrill chuck 3-16 mm \/ B16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle arbor MT 3 \/ B16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrawbar M12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-axis digital readout ES-12 V with LCD display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic X-axis feed AL 280 D\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital speed indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital spindle travel indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFoot pedal for reversing direction of rotation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated tapping device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEMC filter compliant with CE regulations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable guard with microswitch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the drilling and milling capacities of the BF 28 BDC?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel drilling up to Ø28 mm, face milling up to Ø63 mm, end milling up to Ø20 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stated capacities refer to standard unhardened steels (e.g., C40, S235). For harder materials or alloy steels, the actual capacity may be lower: in this case, it is advisable to reduce the rotation speed and feed rate to avoid stressing the spindle and tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is the spindle speed adjusted on the BF 28 BDC?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine features Vario speed, continuously adjustable in the range of 100–1,500 \/ 200–3,000 rpm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVario adjustment allows fine tuning of the speed to the material and tool diameter without needing to change belts or gears. For face milling of mild steels, the lower range is typically used, while for small diameter holes on aluminum, the higher range is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply and motor does the BF 28 BDC have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0.75 kW motor (S1 continuous) \/ 1.1 kW (S6 intermittent) with 230 V power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor operates with a standard 230 V single-phase power supply, available in all workshop and laboratory environments. The S6 40% rating indicates that the motor can deliver maximum power for intermittent cycles, while the S1 100% rating indicates the nominal power for continuous use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the table dimensions, travel, and spindle taper of the BF 28 BDC?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCross table 700 x 180 mm with X\/Y travel of 500 \/ 215 mm, MT 3 spindle taper, 67 mm spindle travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MT 3 spindle taper is an international standard: accessories (self-tightening chucks, milling arbor holders, reduction arbors) are commonly available. The table travels allow machining of workpieces within the effective useful dimensions (X\/Y travels net of clamping obstructions).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the BF 28 BDC weigh and what kind of installation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine weighs approximately 130 kg and is designed for installation on a rigid base (optional accessory) or a sturdy workbench, with a 230 V electrical connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor transport and positioning of a 130 kg machine, the use of a pallet truck or light crane is recommended. The support bench must be sized for the weight of the machine plus the workpiece, ensuring flatness to avoid compromising precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696737685832,"sku":"02-1114","price":3440.52,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_BF_28_BDC_Trapano-fresatrice_con_avanzamento_automatico_e_visualizzatore_digitale.png?v=1757424732"},{"product_id":"bernardo-bf-28-bdc-trapano-fresatrice-dro","title":"Bernardo BF 28 BDC Mill-Drill with 3-axis DRO ES-12 V, Vario speed 100-3,000 rpm","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo BF 28 BDC is a professional drill-milling machine with DRO ES-12 V for mechanical workshops, with steel drilling Ø28 mm, face milling Ø63 mm, tapping M12, Vario speed 100–1,500 \/ 200–3,000 rpm, 1.1 kW motor, MT 3 taper. Weight 130 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel drilling Ø28 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax face milling Ø63 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax end milling Ø20 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTapping up to M12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle speed 100–1,500 \/ 200–3,000 rpm (Vario)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle taper MT 3, travel 67 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCross table 700 x 180 mm, X\/Y travel 500 \/ 215 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-axis digital display ES-12 V included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor 0.75 kW (S1) \/ 1.1 kW (S6) 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight 130 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BF 28 BDC and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLight fabrication workshops, repair shops, and mechanical laboratories use this drill-milling machine for small series production: drilling flanges and supports up to Ø28 mm, milling keyways on brackets, tapping up to M12 with a reverse pedal. In this machine, the DRO ES-12 V display allows for repeatable positioning on all 3 axes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BF 28 BDC with DRO ES-12 V (intermediate version) is positioned in the mid-high range of Bernardo drill-milling machines. Above this machine, the range offers the BF 30 G with a 12-speed mechanical gearbox and the large BF 45 HSV \/ FM 45 HSV \/ FM 50 HSV for intensive work. Below the BF 28 BDC, the range offers models KF 25\/26 and BF 25 Super with reduced drilling capacities (20-25 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For original Bernardo spare parts, shipping 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the BF 28 BDC for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight fabrication and mechanical workshops\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling Ø28 mm, milling Ø63 mm, tapping M12 with reverse pedal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrototyping laboratories for small series\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable 700 x 180 mm, Vario speed 100–1,500 \/ 200–3,000 rpm, MT 3 taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachining with repeatable positioning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-axis DRO ES-12 V allows precise referencing on X, Y, and Z\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e intensive multi-shift production, machining of high-strength hardened steels, continuous cycles in industrial workshops (for these uses, consider the BF 30 G with mechanical gearbox or the HSV range).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMachining capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel drilling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ28 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax face milling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ63 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax end milling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax tapping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e67 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (Vario)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100–1,500 \/ 200–3,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRight\/left rotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, standard for tapping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and head\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 x 180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable travel (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 \/ 215 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e290 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e175 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75–365 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e970 x 605 x 1,040 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrill chuck 3-16 mm \/ B16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle arbor MT 3 \/ B16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrawbar M12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-axis digital display ES-12 V with LCD screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital speed indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital spindle travel indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFoot pedal for reverse rotation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated tapping device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEMC filter compliant with CE regulations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable protection with microswitch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the drilling and milling capacities of the BF 28 BDC?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel drilling up to Ø28 mm, face milling up to Ø63 mm, end milling up to Ø20 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stated capacities refer to standard unhardened steels (e.g., C40, S235). For harder materials or alloy steels, the actual capacity may be lower: in this case, it is advisable to reduce the rotation speed and feed rate to avoid stressing the spindle and tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is the spindle speed adjusted on the BF 28 BDC?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine features continuously variable speed in the range 100–1,500 \/ 200–3,000 rpm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Vario adjustment allows the speed to be finely adapted to the material and tool diameter without having to change belts or gears. For face milling soft steels, the lower range is typically used, while for small diameter holes in aluminum, the higher range is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply and motor does the BF 28 BDC use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0.75 kW motor (S1 continuous) \/ 1.1 kW (S6 intermittent) with 230 V power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor operates with a standard 230 V single-phase power supply, found in all workshop and laboratory environments. The S6 40% rating indicates that the motor can deliver maximum power for intermittent cycles, while the S1 100% rating indicates the nominal power for continuous use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the table dimensions, travels, and spindle taper of the BF 28 BDC?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCross table 700 x 180 mm with X\/Y travels of 500 \/ 215 mm, MT 3 spindle taper, spindle travel 67 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MT 3 spindle taper is an international standard: accessories (self-tightening drill chucks, milling chucks, reduction arbors) are commonly available. The table travels allow for machining parts that fall within the effective usable dimensions (X\/Y travels net of clamping clearances).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the BF 28 BDC weigh and what type of installation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine weighs approximately 130 kg and is designed for installation on a rigid base (optional accessory) or a sturdy workbench, with a 230 V electrical connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor transporting and positioning a 130 kg machine, the use of a pallet truck or light crane is recommended. The support bench must be sized for the weight of the machine plus the workpiece, ensuring flatness to avoid compromising accuracy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696738701640,"sku":"02-1113","price":3074.51,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_BF_28_BDC_Trapano-fresatrice_con_visualizzatore_digitale_a_3_assi_ES-12_V.jpg?v=1757667680"},{"product_id":"bernardo-bf-30-g-trapano-fresatrice","title":"Bernardo BF 30 G drill-milling machine, mechanical gear, 12 speeds 95-2,840 rpm, drilling Ø30 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BF 30 G is a professional drilling and milling machine with a 12-speed mechanical gearbox (95–2,840 rpm) for workshops with continuous use, steel drilling Ø30 mm, face milling Ø63 mm, 1.1 \/ 1.6 kW 400 V motor, 700 x 190 mm cast iron table, 190 kg weight. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel drilling Ø30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax face milling Ø63 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax end milling Ø25 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle speed 95–2,840 rpm (12 speeds)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle taper MT 3, travel 70 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCross table 700 x 190 mm, X\/Y travel 375 \/ 230 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor 0.75 \/ 1.1 kW (S1) \/ 1.1 \/ 1.6 kW (S6) 400 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight 190 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BF 30 G and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduction mechanical workshops, industrial maintenance personnel, and laboratories requiring a 12-speed mechanical gearbox for intensive use choose this drilling and milling machine for series production: drilling up to Ø30 mm, face milling up to Ø63 mm, and making keyways on the 700 x 190 mm cast iron table. The 2-stage 400 V 1.1 \/ 1.6 kW motor supports continuous work cycles without torque degradation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BF 30 G is positioned as a model with a mechanical gearbox in the mid-to-high range of Bernardo drilling and milling machines. Above this machine, the range offers HSV models (BF 45, FM 45, FM 50) with structures weighing 308-362 kg, drilling up to Ø32 mm and face milling up to Ø80 mm. Below the BF 30 G, the range offers the BF 28 BDC series with electronic Vario speed and a drilling capacity of Ø28 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). For original Bernardo spare parts, shipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian is available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the BF 30 G for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall series production mechanical workshops\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12-speed mechanical gearbox (95–2,840 rpm), 1.1 \/ 1.6 kW 400 V motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial maintenance personnel in multi-shift environments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 x 190 mm cast iron table, 190 kg structure, drilling Ø30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLaboratories requiring fine electronic speed adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot indicated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStepped mechanical gearbox (not Vario): for continuous adjustment, consider the BF 28 BDC or HSV Vario series\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e operations requiring continuous Vario speed, heavy mold making, precision milling (for these uses, consider BF 45 HSV Vario or FM 45\/50 HSV).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel drilling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax face milling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ63 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax end milling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (12 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e95–2,840 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClockwise\/counter-clockwise rotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, standard for threading\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and head\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 x 190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable travel (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e375 \/ 230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105–465 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 \/ 1.1 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 \/ 1.6 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,000 x 720 x 1,300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrill chuck 3-16 mm \/ B16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle arbor MT 3 \/ B16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrawbar M12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital speed indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital spindle travel indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated threading device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable guard with microswitch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the drilling and milling capacities of the BF 30 G?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel drilling up to Ø30 mm, face milling up to Ø63 mm, end milling up to Ø25 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stated capacities refer to standard unhardened steels (e.g., C40, S235). For harder materials or alloyed steels, the actual capacity may be lower: in this case, it is advisable to reduce the rotation speed and feed rate to avoid stressing the spindle and tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is the spindle speed adjusted on the BF 30 G?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine features a 12-speed mechanical gearbox in the range of 95–2,840 rpm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2-stage 12-speed mechanical gearbox is designed to sustain continuous workshop operations without torque degradation, unlike electronic Vario systems. Speed selection is done via levers on the side of the head.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply and motor does the BF 30 G have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0.75 \/ 1.1 kW (S1 continuous) \/ 1.1 \/ 1.6 kW (S6 intermittent) motor with 400 V power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor requires a 400 V three-phase power supply. Verify the presence of a three-phase line in the workshop before purchasing. For environments without three-phase power, the Bernardo range offers equivalent 230 V single-phase models, but with lower processing capacities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the table dimensions, travel, and spindle taper of the BF 30 G?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCross table 700 x 190 mm with X\/Y travel of 375 \/ 230 mm, MT 3 spindle taper, 70 mm spindle travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MT 3 spindle taper is an international standard: accessories (self-tightening chucks, milling chucks, reduction arbors) are commonly available. The table travels allow working on pieces that fit within the actual useful dimensions (X\/Y travels net of clamping obstructions).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the BF 30 G weigh and what type of installation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine weighs approximately 190 kg and is designed for installation on a rigid base (optional) or a sturdy workbench, with a 400 V electrical connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor transporting and positioning a 190 kg machine, the use of a pallet truck or light crane is recommended. The support bench must be sized for the weight of the machine plus the workpiece being processed, ensuring flatness to avoid compromising precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696741093704,"sku":"02-1037","price":2525.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_BF_30_G_Trapano-fresatrice_versatile_con_cambio_a_12_velocit.png?v=1757666383"},{"product_id":"fresatrice-bernardo-bf-45-hsv-vario-x-axis","title":"Bernardo BF 45 HSV Vario Drill-Milling Machine with Delta Inverter, AL 450 D X-axis Automatic Feed","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BF 45 HSV Vario is a professional 362 kg drill-milling machine for precision mechanical workshops, with steel drilling Ø32 mm, face milling Ø80 mm, Delta Vario speed inverter (75–2,750 rpm), 2.2 kW 400 V motor, MT 4 taper, automatic X-axis feed AL 450 D. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel drilling Ø32 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCast iron drilling Ø40 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax face milling Ø80 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle speed 75–2,750 rpm (Vario)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle taper MT 4, stroke 120 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCross table 730 x 210 mm, X\/Y travel 495 \/ 200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic X-axis feed AL 450 D as standard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor 1.5 kW (S1) \/ 2.2 kW (S6) 400 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight 362 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BF 45 HSV Vario and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrecision mechanical workshops, mold makers, and industrial laboratories use this large-format drill-milling machine for complete machining operations: drilling steel up to Ø32 mm and cast iron up to Ø40 mm, face milling up to Ø80 mm with automatic spindle feed. The Delta Vario speed inverter (75–2,750 rpm) and the 362 kg heavy cast iron structure support intense work cycles on a 730 x 210 mm table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BF 45 HSV Vario is positioned in the high segment of the Bernardo drill-milling machine range, with a 362 kg cast iron structure for continuous industrial use. Above this range, Bernardo only offers UWF universal milling machines with automatic feed on all axes. Below the BF 45 HSV Vario, the range offers the BF 28 BDC and BF 30 G series with more compact structures (130-190 kg) and lower drilling capacities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). For original Bernardo spare parts, shipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse. Italian customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the BF 45 HSV Vario for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrecision mechanical workshops and mold making\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling Ø32 mm steel \/ Ø40 mm cast iron, milling Ø80 mm, 362 kg structure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial laboratories for multi-shift operations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e730 x 210 mm table, 2.2 kW 400 V motor, 3-step automatic spindle feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyists and model making\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine weighing 362 kg for continuous professional use; for hobby and laboratory, consider KF 10 or KF 25 Vario\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e confined spaces without a dedicated base, occasional hobby use, 230 V power supply (requires 400 V three-phase). For reduced environments, consider BF 28 BDC or KF 26 L Top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMachining capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel drilling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast iron drilling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax face milling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (Vario)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75–2,750 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic spindle feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.10 \/ 0.18 \/ 0.26 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRight\/left rotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, standard for threading\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and head\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e730 x 210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable travel (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e495 \/ 200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e640 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColumn diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ115 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,070 x 800 x 2,060 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e362 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-centering chuck 1-16 mm \/ B16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle arbor MT 4 \/ B16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrawbar M16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorse taper sleeve MT 4 \/ 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnd mill holder MT 4 \/ Ø27 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic X-axis feed AL 450 D\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic spindle feed with 3 steps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital speed indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital spindle stroke indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated threading device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoolant pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED work light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable guard with microswitch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelta VFD inverter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLongitudinal scale\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the drilling and milling capacities of the BF 45 HSV Vario?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrilling steel up to Ø32 mm and cast iron up to Ø40 mm, face milling up to Ø80 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stated capacities refer to standard unhardened steels (e.g., C40, S235). For harder materials or alloy steels, the actual capacity may be lower: in this case, it is advisable to reduce the rotation speed and feed rate to avoid stressing the spindle and tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is the spindle speed adjusted on the BF 45 HSV Vario?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine has a continuously adjustable Vario speed in the range of 75–2,750 rpm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Vario adjustment allows the speed to be finely adapted to the material and tool diameter, without having to change belts or gears. For face milling of soft steels, the lower range is typically used, while for small diameter holes in aluminum, the higher range is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply and motor does the BF 45 HSV Vario have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.5 kW (S1 continuous) \/ 2.2 kW (S6 intermittent) motor with 400 V power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor requires a 400 V three-phase power supply. Check for a three-phase line in the workshop before purchasing. For environments without three-phase power, the Bernardo range offers equivalent 230 V single-phase models, but with lower machining capacities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the table dimensions, travel, and spindle taper of the BF 45 HSV Vario?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCross table 730 x 210 mm with X\/Y travel of 495 \/ 200 mm, MT 4 spindle taper, 120 mm spindle stroke.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MT 4 spindle taper is an international standard: accessories (self-centering chucks, end mill holders, reduction arbors) are commonly available. The table travels allow for machining pieces that fall within the effective usable dimensions (X\/Y travels net of clamping obstructions).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the BF 45 HSV Vario weigh and what type of installation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine weighs approximately 362 kg and requires installation on a flat industrial floor, with a dedicated base and 400 V electrical connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a 362 kg machine, an workshop floor with adequate foundation (standard reinforced concrete) and base fastening with expansion anchors is recommended to minimize vibrations during more demanding machining operations. The electrical connection must be performed by qualified personnel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696744829256,"sku":"02-11080","price":5221.78,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_BF_45_HSV_Vario_Trapano-fresatrice_con_avanzamento_automatico_asse_X.jpg?v=1757664448"},{"product_id":"bernardo-fm-45-hsv-trapano-fresatrice-dro","title":"Bernardo FM 45 HSV Drilling\/Milling Machine 12-speed 75-3,200 rpm with 3-axis DRO ES-12 V","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo FM 45 HSV is a professional 308 kg drill-milling machine for precision mechanical workshops, with Ø32 mm steel drilling, Ø80 mm face milling, 12-speed mechanical gearbox (75–3,200 rpm), 1.5 \/ 2.2 kW 400 V motor, MT 4 taper, DRO ES-12 V. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel drilling Ø32 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCast iron drilling Ø40 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. face milling Ø80 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle speed 75–3,200 rpm (12 speeds)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle taper MT 4, travel 120 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCross table 800 x 240 mm, X\/Y travel 555 \/ 205 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-axis digital display ES-12 V included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor 1.1 \/ 1.5 kW (S1) \/ 1.5 \/ 2.2 kW (S6) 400 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight 308 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the FM 45 HSV and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrecision mechanical workshops, mold makers, and industrial laboratories use this large-format drill-milling machine for complete machining operations: steel drilling up to Ø32 mm and cast iron up to Ø40 mm, face milling up to Ø80 mm with automatic spindle feed. The 12-speed mechanical gearbox (75–3,200 rpm) and the 308 kg heavy cast iron structure support intense work cycles on an 800 x 240 mm table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo FM 45 HSV is positioned in the high-end segment of the Bernardo drill-milling machine range, with a 308 kg cast iron structure for continuous industrial use. Above this range, Bernardo only offers UWF universal milling machines with automatic feed on all axes. Below the FM 45 HSV, the range offers the BF 28 BDC and BF 30 G series with more compact structures (130-190 kg) and lower drilling capacities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days for the South). For original Bernardo spare parts, shipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse. Customer assistance in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the FM 45 HSV for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrecision mechanical workshops and mold making\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling Ø32 mm steel \/ Ø40 mm cast iron, milling Ø80 mm, 308 kg structure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial laboratories for multi-shift operations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 x 240 mm table, 1.5 \/ 2.2 kW 400 V motor, 3-step automatic spindle feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyists and model making\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e308 kg industrial machine for continuous professional use; for hobby and laboratory, consider KF 10 or KF 25 Vario\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e confined spaces without a dedicated base, occasional hobby use, 230 V power supply (requires 400 V three-phase). For small spaces, consider BF 28 BDC or KF 26 L Top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMachining capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel drilling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast iron drilling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. face milling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (12 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75–3,200 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic spindle feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.10 \/ 0.18 \/ 0.26 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRight\/left rotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, standard for threading\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and head\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 x 240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable travel (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e555 \/ 205 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±60°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e425 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60–485 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 \/ 1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 \/ 2.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,140 x 770 x 1,500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e308 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-tightening drill chuck 1-16 mm \/ B16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle arbor MT 4 \/ B16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrawbar M16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorse taper sleeve MT 4 \/ 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnd mill holder MT 4 \/ Ø27 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-axis digital display ES-12 V with LCD screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic spindle feed with 3 steps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital speed indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital spindle travel indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated threading device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED work light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable guard with microswitch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12-speed mechanical gearbox with 2 stages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLongitudinal scale\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat drilling and milling capacities does the FM 45 HSV have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel drilling up to Ø32 mm and cast iron up to Ø40 mm, face milling up to Ø80 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stated capacities refer to standard, unhardened steels (e.g., C40, S235). For harder materials or alloyed metals, the actual capacity may be lower: in this case, it is advisable to reduce the rotation speed and feed rate to avoid stressing the spindle and tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is the spindle speed adjusted on the FM 45 HSV?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine has a 12-speed mechanical gearbox in the range of 75–3,200 rpm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 12-speed, 2-stage mechanical gearbox is designed to sustain continuous workshop operations without torque degradation, unlike electronic Vario systems. Speed selection is done via levers on the side of the head.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply and motor does the FM 45 HSV have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.1 \/ 1.5 kW (S1 continuous) \/ 1.5 \/ 2.2 kW (S6 intermittent) motor with 400 V power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor requires a 400 V three-phase power supply. Verify the presence of a three-phase line in the workshop before purchase. For environments without three-phase power, the Bernardo range offers equivalent 230 V single-phase models, but with lower machining capacities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the table dimensions, travel, and spindle taper of the FM 45 HSV?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e800 x 240 mm cross table with X\/Y travel of 555 \/ 205 mm, MT 4 spindle taper, 120 mm spindle travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MT 4 spindle taper is an international standard: accessories (self-tightening chucks, end mill holders, reduction arbors) are commonly available. The table's travel allows for machining parts within the effective usable dimensions (X\/Y travel net of clamping clearances).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the FM 45 HSV weigh and what type of installation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine weighs approximately 308 kg and requires installation on a flat industrial floor, with a dedicated base and a 400 V electrical connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a 308 kg machine, an workshop floor with adequate foundation (standard reinforced concrete) and fixing the base with expansion anchors is recommended to minimize vibrations during demanding machining operations. The electrical connection must be performed by qualified personnel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696749580616,"sku":"02-1088","price":4526.36,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_FM_45_HSV_Trapano-fresatrice_con_visualizzatore_digitale_a_3_assi_ES-12_V.jpg?v=1757663879"},{"product_id":"fresatrici-fm-50-hsv-3-assi-es12v","title":"Bernardo FM 50 HSV Drill-Milling Machine 12 Speeds 75-3,200 rpm with Motorized Headstock Lift and 3-Axis DRO","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo FM 50 HSV is a professional 322 kg drilling and milling machine for precision mechanical workshops, with steel drilling Ø32 mm, face milling Ø80 mm, 12-speed mechanical gearbox (75–3,200 rpm), 1.5 \/ 2.2 kW 400 V motor, MT 4 spindle taper, DRO ES-12 V. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel drilling Ø32 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCast iron drilling Ø40 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax. face milling Ø80 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle speed 75–3,200 rpm (12 speeds)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle taper MT 4, travel 120 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCross table 800 x 240 mm, X\/Y travel 555 \/ 205 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital readout 3 axes ES-12 V included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor 1.1 \/ 1.5 kW (S1) \/ 1.5 \/ 2.2 kW (S6) 400 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight 322 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the FM 50 HSV and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrecision mechanical workshops, mold makers and industrial laboratories use this large format drilling and milling machine for complete machining operations: drilling steel up to Ø32 mm and cast iron up to Ø40 mm, face milling up to Ø80 mm with automatic spindle feed. The 12-speed mechanical gearbox (75–3,200 rpm) and the 322 kg heavy cast iron structure support intense work cycles on an 800 x 240 mm table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo FM 50 HSV is positioned in the high segment of the Bernardo drilling and milling machine range, with a 322 kg cast iron structure for continuous industrial use. Above this range, Bernardo only offers UWF universal milling machines with automatic feed on all axes. Below the FM 50 HSV, the range offers the BF 28 BDC and BF 30 G series with more compact structures (130-190 kg) and lower drilling capacities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). For original Bernardo spare parts, shipping 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the FM 50 HSV for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrecision mechanical workshops and mold making\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling Ø32 mm steel \/ Ø40 mm cast iron, milling Ø80 mm, 322 kg structure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial laboratories for multi-shift machining\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 x 240 mm table, 1.5 \/ 2.2 kW 400 V motor, 3-step automatic spindle feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyists and model making\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot indicated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e322 kg industrial machine for continuous professional use; for hobby and laboratory consider KF 10 or KF 25 Vario\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot indicated for:\u003c\/strong\u003e confined spaces without dedicated base, occasional hobby use, 230 V power supply (requires 400 V three-phase). For reduced environments consider BF 28 BDC or KF 26 L Top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMachining capabilities\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel drilling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast iron drilling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. face milling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (12 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75–3,200 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic spindle feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.10 \/ 0.18 \/ 0.26 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRight\/left rotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, standard for tapping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and head\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 x 240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable travel (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e555 \/ 205 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±60°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e95–485 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 \/ 1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 \/ 2.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead lifting motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,140 x 970 x 1,460 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e322 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeyless drill chuck 1-16 mm \/ B16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle arbor MT 4 \/ B16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrawbar M16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorse taper sleeve MT 4 \/ 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShell end mill holder MT 4 \/ Ø27 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-axis digital readout ES-12 V with LCD display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic spindle feed with 3 steps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital speed indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital spindle travel indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated tapping device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED work light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable protection with microswitch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12-speed 2-stage mechanical gearbox\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLongitudinal scale\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the drilling and milling capacities of the FM 50 HSV?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel drilling up to Ø32 mm and cast iron up to Ø40 mm, face milling up to Ø80 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe declared capacities refer to standard unhardened steels (e.g., C40, S235). For harder materials or alloyed steels, the actual capacity may be lower: in this case, it is advisable to reduce the rotation speed and feed rate to avoid stressing the spindle and tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is the spindle speed adjusted on the FM 50 HSV?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine has a 12-speed mechanical gearbox in the range 75–3,200 rpm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 12-speed 2-stage mechanical gearbox is designed to support continuous workshop machining without torque decay, unlike electronic Vario systems. Speed selection is done via levers on the side of the head.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply and motor does the FM 50 HSV have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMotor 1.1 \/ 1.5 kW (S1 continuous) \/ 1.5 \/ 2.2 kW (S6 intermittent) with 400 V power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor requires a 400 V three-phase power supply. Check for a three-phase line in the workshop before purchasing. For environments without three-phase, the Bernardo range offers equivalent models with 230 V single-phase, but with lower machining capacities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the table dimensions, travel, and spindle taper of the FM 50 HSV?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCross table 800 x 240 mm with X\/Y travel of 555 \/ 205 mm, MT 4 spindle taper, spindle travel 120 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MT 4 spindle taper is an international standard: accessories (keyless chucks, shell end mill holders, reduction arbors) are commonly available. The table travel allows machining parts that fall within the effective useful dimensions (X\/Y travel net of clamping bulk).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the FM 50 HSV weigh and what type of installation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine weighs approximately 322 kg and requires installation on a flat industrial floor, with a dedicated base and 400 V electrical connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a 322 kg machine, an workshop floor with adequate foundation (standard reinforced concrete) and fixing of the base with expansion anchors is recommended to minimize vibrations during more demanding machining operations. The electrical connection must be performed by qualified personnel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696753742152,"sku":"02-1096","price":5038.77,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Fresatrice_FM_50_HSV_con_visualizzatore_digitale_3_assi_ES-12_V.jpg?v=1757343779"},{"product_id":"trapani-e-fresatrici-kf-10","title":"Bernardo KF 10 Bench Drilling and Milling Machine 230 V for Model Making and Workshop","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KF 10 is a compact benchtop drill-mill for model making, hobbies, and small workshops, with steel drilling up to Ø10 mm, face milling Ø20 mm, a 0.25 kW motor, and speeds of 100–1,000 \/ 100–2,000 rpm. Weight 45 kg, MK 2 taper. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel drilling Ø10 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax face milling Ø20 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax end milling Ø10 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle speed 100–1,000 \/ 100–2,000 rpm (Vario)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle taper MK 2, travel 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCross table 240 x 145 mm, X\/Y travel 180 \/ 130 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor 0.15 kW (S1) \/ 0.25 kW (S6) 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight 45 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the KF 10 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModel makers, advanced hobbyists, and small workshops choose this machine for precision machining of small parts: drilling of aluminum and mild steel components up to Ø10 mm, milling of keyways and small surfaces, chamfering of metal parts. The compactness of the machine (weight 45 kg, dimensions 420 x 343 x 720 mm) makes it a suitable solution for workbenches in home workshops, technical schools, and training centers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KF 10 is positioned in the entry-level segment of benchtop drill-mills. Above this machine, the range offers more structured models such as the KF 25 D Vario (110 kg) and the BF 25 Super (165 kg), with greater drilling capacity and a larger table. Below the KF 10, there are no professional drilling\/milling combination machines: for purely hobbyist simple drilling uses, the TB bench drills from the same Bernardo range can be considered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For original Bernardo spare parts, shipping 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the KF 10 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel makers and advanced hobbyists\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling Ø10 mm and milling Ø20 mm on small parts, 45 kg benchtop weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTechnical schools and training centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact machine 420 x 343 x 720 mm, MK 2 taper, standard 230 V power supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional workshops for continuous use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.25 kW motor and 10 mm capacity oriented towards occasional use, not series production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e series production, machining hard steels beyond Ø10 mm, continuous milling cycles in a mechanical workshop (for these uses, BF 25 Super or higher models are needed).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMachining capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel drilling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax face milling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax end milling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMK 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (Vario)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100–1,000 \/ 100–2,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and head\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 x 145 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable travel (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 \/ 130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.15 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.25 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e420 x 343 x 720 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChuck 1-10 mm \/ B12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle arbor MK 2 \/ B12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrawbar M10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital speed indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital spindle travel indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable guard with microswitch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the drilling and milling capacities of the KF 10?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel drilling up to Ø10 mm, face milling up to Ø20 mm, end milling up to Ø10 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stated capacities refer to standard unhardened steels (e.g., C40, S235). On harder materials or alloy steels, the actual capacity may be lower: in this case, it is advisable to reduce the rotation speed and feed rate to avoid stressing the spindle and tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is the spindle speed adjusted on the KF 10?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine has continuously adjustable Vario speed in the range 100–1,000 \/ 100–2,000 rpm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Vario adjustment allows fine-tuning the speed to the material and tool diameter, without having to change belts or gears. For face milling of mild steels, one typically works in the low range, while for small diameter holes in aluminum, the high range is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply and motor does the KF 10 use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0.15 kW (S1 continuous) \/ 0.25 kW (S6 intermittent) motor with 230 V power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor operates with standard 230 V single-phase power, present in all workshop and laboratory environments. The S6 40% rating indicates that the motor can deliver maximum power for intermittent cycles, while the S1 100% rating indicates the nominal power for continuous use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the table dimensions, travel, and spindle taper of the KF 10?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCross table 240 x 145 mm with X\/Y travel of 180 \/ 130 mm, MK 2 spindle taper, spindle travel 30 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MK 2 spindle taper is an international standard: accessories (self-tightening chucks, milling arbor holders, reduction arbors) are commonly available. The table travels allow working with parts that fit within the effective usable dimensions (X\/Y travels net of clamping obstructions).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the KF 10 weigh and what type of installation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine weighs approximately 45 kg and is designed for installation on a robust workbench, with a standard domestic 230 V electrical connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe reduced weight of 45 kg allows for manual positioning (with two people) and installation on standard benches. However, verify the load-bearing capacity of the bench and the presence of a flat surface to avoid deflection during milling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696758100296,"sku":"02-1005","price":829.62,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Progetto-senza-titolo-2024-01-12T123232.659-1.png?v=1750088841"},{"product_id":"bernardo-kf-10-hs-trapano-fresatrice","title":"Benchtop drill-milling machine Bernardo KF 10 HS with Vario speed 100-5,000 rpm and 400 mm table","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KF 10 HS is a compact benchtop drill-milling machine for model making, hobbies, and small workshops, with drilling capacity in steel up to Ø10 mm, face milling Ø20 mm, a 0.35 kW motor, and speeds of 100–5,000 rpm. It weighs 50 kg and has an MT 2 taper. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrilling in steel Ø10 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax face milling Ø20 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax end milling Ø10 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle speed 100–5,000 rpm (Vario)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle taper MT 2, travel 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCross table 400 x 145 mm, X\/Y travel 330 \/ 170 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor 0.25 kW (S1) \/ 0.35 kW (S6) 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight 50 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the KF 10 HS and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModel makers, advanced hobbyists, and small workshops choose this machine for precision machining of small parts: drilling aluminum and mild steel components up to Ø10 mm, milling slots and small surfaces, and chamfering metal parts. The machine's compactness (50 kg weight, 520 x 480 x 750 mm dimensions) makes it a suitable solution for workbenches in home workshops, technical schools, and training centers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KF 10 HS is positioned in the entry-level segment of benchtop drill-milling machines. Above this machine, the range offers more structured models such as the KF 25 D Vario (110 kg) and the BF 25 Super (165 kg), with greater drilling capacity and a larger table. Below the KF 10 HS, there are no professional drilling\/milling combined machines: for purely hobbyist simple drilling uses, the TB bench drills from the same Bernardo range can be considered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). For original Bernardo spare parts, shipping in 3-5 business days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the KF 10 HS for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel makers and advanced hobbyists\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling Ø10 mm and milling Ø20 mm on small parts, 50 kg benchtop weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTechnical schools and training centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact machine 520 x 480 x 750 mm, MT 2 taper, standard 230 V power supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional workshops for continuous use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.35 kW motor and 10 mm capacity oriented towards occasional use, not series production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e series production, machining hard steels over Ø10 mm, continuous milling cycles in mechanical workshops (for these uses, BF 25 Super or higher models are required).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMachining capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling in steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax face milling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax end milling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (Vario)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100–5,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRight\/left rotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, standard for threading\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and head\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 x 145 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable travel (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e330 \/ 170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90–260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.25 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.35 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e520 x 480 x 750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChuck 1-10 mm \/ B12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle arbor MT 2 \/ B12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrawbar M10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital speed display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital spindle travel display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable protection with microswitch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the drilling and milling capacities of the KF 10 HS?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrilling in steel up to Ø10 mm, face milling up to Ø20 mm, end milling up to Ø10 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stated capacities refer to standard unhardened steels (e.g., C40, S235). For harder materials or alloys, the actual capacity may be lower: in this case, it is advisable to reduce the rotation speed and feed rate to avoid stressing the spindle and tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is the spindle speed adjusted on the KF 10 HS?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine has continuously adjustable Vario speed in the range of 100–5,000 rpm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVario adjustment allows fine-tuning the speed to the material and tool diameter without having to change belts or gears. For face milling mild steels, one typically works in the low range, while for small diameter holes in aluminum, the high range is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply and motor does the KF 10 HS have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0.25 kW (S1 continuous) \/ 0.35 kW (S6 intermittent) motor with 230 V power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor operates with a standard 230 V single-phase power supply, found in all workshop and laboratory environments. The S6 40% rating indicates that the motor can deliver maximum power for intermittent cycles, while the S1 100% rating indicates the nominal power for continuous use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the table dimensions, travels, and spindle taper of the KF 10 HS?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCross table 400 x 145 mm with X\/Y travels of 330 \/ 170 mm, MT 2 spindle taper, 30 mm spindle travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MT 2 spindle taper is an international standard: accessories (self-tightening chucks, milling arbor holders, reduction arbors) are commonly available. The table travels allow for machining parts that fall within the effective useful dimensions (X\/Y travels net of fixturing space).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the KF 10 HS weigh and what type of installation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine weighs approximately 50 kg and is designed for installation on a sturdy workbench, with a standard 230 V domestic electrical connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe reduced weight of 50 kg allows for manual positioning (with two people) and installation on standard benches. However, always check the load-bearing capacity of the bench and the presence of a flat surface to avoid deflection during milling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696761966920,"sku":"02-1007","price":1037.04,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_KF_10_HS_Trapano-fresatrice_compatta_ad_alta_velocit_variabile.png?v=1757663298"},{"product_id":"trapani-e-fresatrici-kf-10-l","title":"Bernardo KF 10 L Benchtop Mill-Drill with 400 mm Table and Two-Range Vario Speed","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KF 10 L is a compact benchtop drill-mill for model making, hobbies, and small workshops, with a steel drilling capacity of up to Ø10 mm, face milling of Ø20 mm, a 0.35 kW motor, and speeds of 100–1,000 \/ 100–2,000 rpm. It weighs 50 kg and has an MK 2 taper. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel drilling Ø10 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax face milling Ø20 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax end milling Ø10 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle speed 100–1,000 \/ 100–2,000 rpm (Vario)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle taper MK 2, travel 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCross table 400 x 145 mm, X\/Y travel 330 \/ 170 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor 0.25 kW (S1) \/ 0.35 kW (S6) 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight 50 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the KF 10 L and for what?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModel makers, advanced hobbyists, and small workshops choose this machine for precision machining of small parts: drilling aluminum and mild steel components up to Ø10 mm, milling slots and small surfaces, and chamfering metal parts. The machine's compactness (weight 50 kg, dimensions 420 x 343 x 720 mm) makes it a suitable solution for workbenches in home workshops, technical schools, and training centers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KF 10 L is positioned in the entry-level segment of benchtop drill-mills. Above this machine, the range offers more structured models such as the KF 25 D Vario (110 kg) and the BF 25 Super (165 kg), with greater drilling capacity and a larger table. Below the KF 10 L, there are no professional drilling\/milling combined machines: for purely hobbyist simple drilling uses, the TB bench drills from the same Bernardo range can be considered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For original Bernardo spare parts, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the KF 10 L for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel makers and advanced hobbyists\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling Ø10 mm and milling Ø20 mm on small parts, 50 kg benchtop weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTechnical schools and training centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact machine 420 x 343 x 720 mm, MK 2 taper, standard 230 V power supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional workshops for continuous use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.35 kW motor and 10 mm capacity oriented towards occasional use, not series production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e series production, machining hard steels beyond Ø10 mm, continuous milling cycles in a mechanical workshop (for these uses, BF 25 Super or higher models are needed).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMachining capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel drilling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax face milling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax end milling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMK 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (Vario)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100–1,000 \/ 100–2,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and head\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 x 145 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable travel (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e330 \/ 170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80–260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.25 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.35 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e420 x 343 x 720 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChuck 1-10 mm \/ B12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle arbor MK 2 \/ B12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrawbar M10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital speed indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital spindle travel indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable protection with microswitch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the drilling and milling capacities of the KF 10 L?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel drilling up to Ø10 mm, face milling up to Ø20 mm, end milling up to Ø10 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stated capacities refer to standard unhardened steels (e.g., C40, S235). For harder materials or alloy steels, the actual capacity may be lower: in this case, it is advisable to reduce the rotation speed and feed rate to avoid stressing the spindle and tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is the spindle speed adjusted on the KF 10 L?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine has a continuously adjustable Vario speed in the range of 100–1,000 \/ 100–2,000 rpm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVario adjustment allows fine-tuning the speed to the material and tool diameter without having to change belts or gears. For face milling of mild steels, one typically works in the lower range, while for small diameter holes in aluminum, the upper range is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply and motor does the KF 10 L have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0.25 kW motor (S1 continuous) \/ 0.35 kW (S6 intermittent) with 230 V power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor operates on a standard single-phase 230 V power supply, found in all workshop and laboratory environments. The S6 40% rating indicates that the motor can deliver maximum power for intermittent cycles, while the S1 100% rating indicates the nominal power for continuous use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the table dimensions, travel, and spindle taper of the KF 10 L?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCross table 400 x 145 mm with X\/Y travel of 330 \/ 170 mm, MK 2 spindle taper, 30 mm spindle travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MK 2 spindle taper is an international standard: accessories (self-tightening chucks, milling tool holders, reduction arbors) are commonly available. The table travels allow working on parts that fall within the effective useful dimensions (X\/Y travels net of clamping obstructions).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the KF 10 L weigh and what type of installation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine weighs approximately 50 kg and is designed for installation on a sturdy workbench, with a domestic 230 V electrical connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe reduced weight of 50 kg allows for manual positioning (with two people) and installation on standard benches. However, always check the load-bearing capacity of the bench and the presence of a flat surface to avoid flexing during milling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696766030152,"sku":"02-1006","price":902.84,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Trapano_e_fresatrice_Bernardo_KF_10_L_Macchina_combinata_da_banco_compatta.jpg?v=1756997417"},{"product_id":"bernardo-kf-16-l-vario-trapano-fresatrice","title":"Bernardo Milling-Drilling Machine KF 16 L Vario","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Mill Drill KF 16 L Vario \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KF 16 L Vario mill drill is a versatile and compact machine, designed for small workshops and labs that require precision in a limited space. Thanks to its DC motor, it offers optimal torque even at low speeds, while the continuous speed adjustment (50–2250 rpm) allows for easy adaptation to the material and application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 500 x 140 mm cross table, with travels of 365 x 140 mm, ensures accurate machining. The ±90° inclinable head allows for chamfers, angular milling, and oblique drilling, while the ground gears guarantee smooth operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEquipped with a digital speed and spindle travel indicator, adjustable protection, and CE-compliant EMC filter, the KF 16 L Vario is the suitable choice for those seeking compactness, reliability, and versatility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Drilling in steel up to Ø 16 mm\u003cbr\u003e Face milling max. 50 mm and end milling max. 20 mm\u003cbr\u003e Continuously adjustable speed (50–2250 rpm) with 2-stage gear change\u003cbr\u003e DC motor with optimal torque at low speeds\u003cbr\u003e Head inclinable ±90° for angular machining and chamfers\u003cbr\u003e Cross table 500 x 140 mm with travels 365 x 140 mm\u003cbr\u003e Spindle travel 50 mm with fine feed via handwheel\u003cbr\u003e Dovetail guides on X, Y, and Z adjustable with gibs\u003cbr\u003e Polished gears for smooth and quiet operation\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable protection and CE-compliant EMC filter\u003cbr\u003e Grey cast iron construction reduces vibrations\u003cbr\u003e Low weight (65 kg) and compact dimensions\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFace milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnd milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle–column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle–table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e275 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (stepless)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 – 1125 \/ 100 – 2250 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 x 140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable travels (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e365 \/ 140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-90° to +90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.50 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.80 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e610 x 500 x 820 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 65 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e* without base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Drawbar M10\u003cbr\u003e Digital spindle travel indicator\u003cbr\u003e Digital speed indicator\u003cbr\u003e Spindle arbor MT 2 \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e CE-compliant EMC filter\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable protection\u003cbr\u003e Tool set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days in the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between a drill press and a mill drill?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA drill press only has vertical spindle movement and a rotating table — suitable exclusively for drilling. A mill drill (KF series) adds dovetail guides on the X and Y axes, allowing the workpiece to be moved in two directions during machining: this enables face milling, slab milling, boring, and multiple drillings without repositioning the workpiece. The grey cast iron rigidity of the KF series is fundamental for absorbing the lateral forces of milling, which a standard drill press cannot withstand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat cutters are used with the MT3 \/ MT4 taper?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Morse taper MT3 or MT4 of the KF series accepts: tapered shank cutters (with direct reduction in the spindle), cutter holders with tapered shanks, ER32\/ER40 collets for cylindrical shank cutters. With the MT3→B16 reduction, a keyless chuck for standard drill bits can be mounted. For face milling, face milling heads with the corresponding tapered connection are used. Always check the maximum permissible peripheral speed for each tool before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the Vario-drive system work without stopping the machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Vario-drive system continuously adjusts the speed via a mechanical variator without stopping the machine or moving belts — you simply turn the knob during operation. To switch from slow drilling on hard steel to fast milling on aluminum takes only 3 seconds instead of 2–3 minutes of machine downtime with traditional belt changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKF series milling machines have a smaller footprint compared to BFM\/WFM workshop milling machines. Allow for clear space equal to the longitudinal travel on both sides of the table, plus 60 cm for safe operation. Contact Krollit for the complete dimensions of the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696770322760,"sku":"02-1021","price":1525.05,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_KF_16_L_Vario_Trapano-fresatrice_compatta_con_velocit_variabile_continua.png?v=1757662800"},{"product_id":"trapani-e-fresatrici-kf-16-vario","title":"Bernardo Drilling and Milling Machine KF 16 Vario","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Drill and Milling Machine KF 16 Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo KF 16 Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e is a versatile combined machine that unites the functions of a drill and a milling machine in a compact format. Designed from grey cast iron with dovetail guides, it ensures rigidity, stability, and reduced vibrations, all fundamental characteristics for precision machining.\u003cbr\u003eSuitable for workshops, mechanical workshops, and advanced hobbyists, it allows drilling up to \u003cstrong\u003e16 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e in steel and face milling up to \u003cstrong\u003e50 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e, using cutters with a maximum shank diameter of 20 mm. The inclinable head from \u003cstrong\u003e-90° to +90°\u003c\/strong\u003e and continuous speed adjustment allow for wide operational flexibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe large and precise work table offers ideal longitudinal and transversal travel for medium-sized workpieces. The single-phase motor with power up to \u003cstrong\u003e0.80 kW (S6)\u003c\/strong\u003e guarantees constant performance in a compact machine weighing approximately 60 kg, easily placed in a workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Grey cast iron structure with dovetail guides for maximum stability\u003cbr\u003e Drilling capacity in steel up to \u003cstrong\u003e16 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Face milling up to \u003cstrong\u003e50 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e – cutters with shank up to 20 mm\u003cbr\u003e Swivelling head from –90° to +90° for angular machining\u003cbr\u003e Continuous speed adjustment from 50–1125 \/ 100–2250 rpm\u003cbr\u003e Work table 400 × 120 mm with travel 230 \/ 140 mm\u003cbr\u003e Milling head height adjustment 200 mm\u003cbr\u003e Single-phase motor with output power up to 0.80 kW (S6)\u003cbr\u003e Compact structure, low weight and high precision\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Table\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling power in steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. face mill\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. shank cutter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArm length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. spindle \/ table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e275 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHole travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous spindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 – 1125 \/ 100 – 2250 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMK 2 (B16)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 × 120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTravel (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 \/ 140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwivelling head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003efrom –90° to +90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilling head height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor input power (S1 100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.50 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor output power (S6 40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.80 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e530 × 490 × 820 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 60 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e M10 clamping spindle\u003cbr\u003e MK 2 \/ B16 taper arbor\u003cbr\u003e EMC filter according to CE standard\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable protective cover\u003cbr\u003e Control device\u003cbr\u003e User manual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer service in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between a pillar drill and a drill-milling machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA pillar drill only has vertical spindle movement and a rotating table — suitable exclusively for drilling. The drill-milling machine (KF series) adds dovetail guides on the X and Y axes, allowing the workpiece to be moved in two directions during machining: this enables face milling, slab milling, boring, and multiple drilling without repositioning the workpiece. The grey cast iron rigidity of the KF series is essential for absorbing the lateral forces of milling, which a standard pillar drill cannot withstand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat cutters are used with the MT3 \/ MT4 taper?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MT3 or MT4 Morse taper of the KF series accepts: tapered shank cutters (with direct reduction in the spindle), cutter holders with tapered shanks, ER32\/ER40 collets for cylindrical shank cutters. With the MT3→B16 reduction, the self-tightening chuck for standard drills can be mounted. For face milling, face mill heads with the corresponding tapered attachment are used. Always check the maximum permissible peripheral speed for each tool before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the Vario-drive system work without stopping the machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Vario-drive system continuously adjusts the speed via a mechanical variator without stopping the machine or moving belts — the knob is turned during operation. To switch from slow drilling on hard steel to fast milling on aluminum takes only 3 seconds instead of 2–3 minutes of machine downtime with traditional belt change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer service in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKF series milling machines have a smaller footprint compared to BFM\/WFM workshop milling machines. Consider free space equal to the longitudinal travel on both sides of the table, plus 60 cm for safe operation. Contact Krollit for the complete dimensions of the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696774811976,"sku":"02-1019","price":1244.44,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Trapano_e_fresatrice_KF_16_Vario_con_tavolo_500_140_mm.png?v=1756221962"},{"product_id":"trapani-e-fresatrici-kf-20","title":"Bernardo Trapano e Fresatrice KF 20","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Drill and Milling Machine KF 20 – 230 V\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo KF 20\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact drill and milling machine combination, designed for demanding hobbyists, model makers, and small workshops. With a drilling capacity of up to \u003cstrong\u003e13 mm in steel\u003c\/strong\u003e and face milling up to \u003cstrong\u003e30 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e, it combines versatility and precision in one machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle speed is continuously adjustable across two ranges (0–1000 \/ 0–2500 rpm), allowing optimal adaptation to the material and type of processing. The MK 3 taper, the robust 385 × 90 mm table, and the 235 × 100 mm travels enable accurate machining even on complex workpieces. The swiveling head from –45° to +45° further increases operational flexibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith a 0.35 kW (S1) motor and an output power of up to 0.55 kW (S6), the KF 20 ensures reliable performance while maintaining compact dimensions and a low weight of approximately 50 kg, suitable for workshops and garages with limited space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Drilling capacity in steel up to \u003cstrong\u003e13 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Face milling up to 30 mm, end milling up to 16 mm\u003cbr\u003e Continuous speed adjustment (0–1000 \/ 0–2500 rpm)\u003cbr\u003e MK 3 spindle taper\u003cbr\u003e Swiveling head from –45° to +45° for angled machining\u003cbr\u003e Robust 385 × 90 mm table with travels of 235 × 100 mm\u003cbr\u003e 0.35 kW (S1) – 0.55 kW (S6) 230 V motor\u003cbr\u003e Compact structure with weight approx. 50 kg\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Data Sheet\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity in steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. face milling cutter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. end mill\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThroat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle \/ table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 – 290 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (L)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 1000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 2500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMK 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e385 × 90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTravels (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e235 \/ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwiveling milling head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003efrom –45° to +45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilling head height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor input power (S1 100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.35 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor output power (S6 40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.55 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e510 × 550 × 760 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 50 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Drill chuck with gear 1 – 13 mm \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Taper arbor MK 3 \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Drawbar M12\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable protective cover\u003cbr\u003e Service wrenches\u003cbr\u003e User manual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between a drill press and a drilling-milling machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA drill press only has vertical spindle movement and a rotating table — suitable exclusively for drilling. The drilling-milling machine (KF series) adds dovetail guides on the X and Y axes that allow the workpiece to be moved in two directions during machining: this enables face milling, slab milling, boring, and multiple drillings without repositioning the workpiece. The cast iron rigidity of the KF series is crucial for absorbing the lateral forces of milling, which a standard drill press cannot withstand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat cutters are used with the MT3 \/ MT4 taper?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Morse taper MT3 or MT4 of the KF series accepts: tapered shank cutters (with direct reduction in the spindle), tapered shank tool holders, ER32\/ER40 collets for cylindrical shank cutters. With the MT3→B16 reduction, the keyless drill chuck for standard drill bits is mounted. For face milling, face milling cutters with the corresponding tapered shank are used. Always check the maximum permissible peripheral speed for each tool before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the Vario-drive system work without stopping the machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Vario-drive system continuously adjusts the speed via a mechanical variator without stopping the machine or moving belts — you turn the knob during operation. To switch from slow drilling on hard steel to fast milling on aluminum takes only 3 seconds instead of 2–3 minutes of machine downtime with the traditional belt change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKF series milling machines have a smaller footprint compared to BFM\/WFM workshop milling machines. Consider free space equal to the longitudinal travel on both sides of the table, plus 60 cm for safe operation. Contact Krollit for the full dimensions of the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696779366728,"sku":"02-1010","price":969.94,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Trapano_e_Fresatrice_Bernardo_KF_20_compatto_e_preciso.png?v=1757338303"},{"product_id":"bernardo-kf-20-super-trapano-fresa-230v","title":"Bernardo KF 20 Super – Drill\/Milling Machine 230 V","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Milling\/Drilling Machine KF 20 Super \/ 230 V with brushless motor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KF 20 Super milling\/drilling machine is a compact and precise machine, designed for small workshops, garages, and advanced hobbyists. The 500 W brushless DC motor ensures optimal torque even at low speeds and quiet operation, with no maintenance required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dovetail guides on the X, Y, and Z axes are adjustable via gibs and can be individually locked for maximum stability. The ±45° tiltable head allows for chamfering, angular drilling, and special milling. The cross table with T-slots (385 x 90 mm) ensures versatility in machining, while the continuous speed adjustment from 100 to 2500 rpm allows for perfect adaptation to any material. Compact and robust, the KF 20 Super is the right choice for anyone who needs an efficient and reliable milling machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 500 W brushless DC motor, quiet and maintenance-free\u003cbr\u003e High torque even at low rotation speeds\u003cbr\u003e Dovetail guides on X, Y, and Z axes adjustable via gibs\u003cbr\u003e Guides can be individually locked for high precision\u003cbr\u003e Tilting head from -45° to +45° for angular machining and chamfering\u003cbr\u003e Spindle feed via handle and handwheel for fine feed\u003cbr\u003e Cross table with T-slots (385 x 90 mm)\u003cbr\u003e Continuous speed adjustment 100–2500 rpm\u003cbr\u003e Compact and robust structure, suitable for workshops and advanced hobbyists\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity in steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFace milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003emax. 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnd milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003emax. 16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e95 – 285 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (variable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 – 2500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e385 x 90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTravel (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e235 \/ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-45° to +45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.50 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e520 x 500 x 740 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 50 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*without stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Chuck 1–13 mm \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Spindle arbor MT 3 \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Drawbar M12\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable guard\u003cbr\u003e Tool set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer service available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between a drill press and a milling\/drilling machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA drill press only has vertical spindle movement and a rotating table — suitable exclusively for drilling. The milling\/drilling machine (KF series) adds dovetail guides on the X and Y axes that allow the workpiece to be moved in two directions during machining: this enables face milling, surface milling, boring, and multiple drillings without repositioning the workpiece. The cast iron rigidity of the KF series is fundamental for absorbing the lateral forces of milling, which a standard drill press cannot handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat cutters are used with the MT3 \/ MT4 taper?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Morse taper MT3 or MT4 of the KF series accepts: tapered shank cutters (with direct reduction in the spindle), tapered shank tool holders, ER32\/ER40 collets for cylindrical shank cutters. With the MT3→B16 reduction, the keyless chuck for standard drill bits can be mounted. For face milling, face milling heads with the corresponding taper attachment are used. Always check the maximum peripheral speed allowed for each tool before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the Vario-drive system work without stopping the machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Vario-drive system continuously adjusts the speed via a mechanical variator without stopping the machine or moving belts — you simply turn the knob during operation. To switch from slow drilling on hard steel to fast milling on aluminum takes just 3 seconds instead of 2–3 minutes of machine downtime with traditional belt changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer service available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KF series milling machines have a smaller footprint compared to BFM\/WFM workshop milling machines. Allow for free space equal to the longitudinal travel on both sides of the table, plus 60 cm for safe working. Contact Krollit for the full dimensions of the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696792179016,"sku":"02-1015","price":1183.44,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_KF_20_Super_Trapano-fresatrice_compatta_con_motore_brushless.png?v=1757423331"},{"product_id":"bernardo-kf-25-d-vario-trapano-fresatrice","title":"Bernardo Drilling and Milling Machine KF 25 D Vario","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Mill-Drill KF 25 D Vario \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KF 25 D Vario mill-drill is a robust machine, designed for drilling, milling, and threading. Thanks to its 2-stage gearbox and continuous speed adjustment (50–2250 rpm), it offers the possibility to adapt the spindle speed to the material type and machining process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 500 x 180 mm cross table with 305 x 150 mm travel and graduated scale ensures precision in movements. The ±90° inclinable head allows for angular machining, chamfering, and oblique drilling, while the tapered roller bearings guarantee high spindle concentricity (≤0.015 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEquipped with right\/left rotation for threading, digital display for speed and spindle travel, adjustable guard, and CE-compliant EMC filter, this machine is the choice for small workshops and craft businesses that require precision and compactness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Drilling capacity in steel up to Ø 20 mm\u003cbr\u003e Face milling max. Ø 63 mm and end milling max. Ø 20 mm\u003cbr\u003e Continuously variable speed (50–2250 rpm) with 2-stage gearbox\u003cbr\u003e Cross table 500 x 180 mm with travel 305 x 150 mm and graduated scale\u003cbr\u003e Head inclinable ±90° for angular machining and chamfering\u003cbr\u003e High spindle concentricity ≤0.015 mm with tapered roller bearings\u003cbr\u003e Right\/left rotation for threading included\u003cbr\u003e Digital display for speed and spindle travel as standard\u003cbr\u003e Dovetail guides on X, Y, and Z adjustable with gibs\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable guard and CE-compliant EMC filter\u003cbr\u003e Compact and stable structure, weight 110 kg\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity in steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFace milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnd milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-table distance min.\/max.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 – 325 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (stepless)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 – 1125 \/ 100 – 2250 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 x 180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable travel (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 \/ 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-90° to +90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e275 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.60 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.90 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 x 560 x 930 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 110 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e* without stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e B16 drill chuck arbor\u003cbr\u003e Drawbar\u003cbr\u003e Digital spindle travel display\u003cbr\u003e Digital speed display\u003cbr\u003e CE-compliant EMC filter\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable guard\u003cbr\u003e Tool set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between a drill press and a mill-drill?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA drill press only has vertical spindle movement and a rotating table — suitable exclusively for drilling. A mill-drill (KF series) adds dovetail guides on the X and Y axes which allow the workpiece to be moved in two directions during machining: this enables face milling, slab milling, boring, and multiple drillings without repositioning the workpiece. The gray cast iron rigidity of the KF series is essential for absorbing the lateral forces of milling, which a standard drill press cannot withstand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich cutters are used with the MT3 \/ MT4 taper?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MT3 or MT4 Morse taper of the KF series accepts: tapered shank cutters (with direct reduction in the spindle), tapered shank tool holders, ER32\/ER40 collets for cylindrical shank cutters. With the MT3→B16 reduction, the keyless drill chuck for standard drill bits is mounted. For face milling, use milling heads with the corresponding tapered connection. Always check the maximum permissible peripheral speed for each tool before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the Vario-drive system work without stopping the machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Vario-drive system continuously adjusts the speed via a mechanical variator without stopping the machine or moving belts — you turn the knob during operation. To switch from slow drilling on hard steel to fast milling on aluminum, it takes only 3 seconds instead of 2–3 minutes of machine downtime with a traditional belt change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KF series milling machines have a smaller footprint compared to BFM\/WFM workshop milling machines. Consider free space equal to the longitudinal travel on both sides of the table, plus 60 cm for safe working. Contact Krollit for the complete dimensions of the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696795619656,"sku":"02-1026","price":1988.67,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_KF_25_D_Vario_Trapano-fresatrice_compatta_con_velocit_variabile_continua.png?v=1757661982"},{"product_id":"bernardo-kf-25-l-vario-trapano-fresatrice","title":"Bernardo Drilling and Milling Machine KF 25 L Vario","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Mill-Drill KF 25 L Vario – Mill-Drill with tilting head\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KF 25 L Vario mill-drill is a compact and robust machine, suitable for drilling, milling, and threading. Thanks to its 2-stage gearbox and continuous speed adjustment (50–2250 rpm), it can easily adapt to any material and type of processing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 700 x 180 mm cross table, with travels of 490 x 150 mm and a graduated scale, ensures ample operating space and precision. The ±90° tilting head allows for angular milling and chamfering, while the tapered bearings guarantee high spindle concentricity (≤0.015 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEquipped with right\/left rotation for threading, a digital display for speed and spindle travel, adjustable protection, and an CE-compliant EMC filter, it is a complete and reliable machine, suitable for laboratories and workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Drilling capacity up to Ø 20 mm in steel\u003cbr\u003e Face milling max. 63 mm and end milling max. 20 mm\u003cbr\u003e Continuously adjustable speed (50–2250 rpm) with 2-stage gearbox\u003cbr\u003e Cross table 700 x 180 mm with travels 490 x 150 mm and graduated scale\u003cbr\u003e Tilting head ±90° for angular machining and chamfers\u003cbr\u003e Spindle concentricity ≤0.015 mm with precision tapered bearings\u003cbr\u003e Right\/left rotation for threading included as standard\u003cbr\u003e Digital display for speed and spindle travel\u003cbr\u003e Dovetail guides on X, Y, and Z adjustable via gibs\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable protection and CE-compliant EMC filter\u003cbr\u003e Compact and robust structure, weight 120 kg\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFace milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnd milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle–column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle–table distance min.\/max.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 – 325 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (stepless)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 – 1125 \/ 100 – 2250 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 x 180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable travels (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e490 \/ 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-90° to +90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e275 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.60 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.90 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e950 x 560 x 930 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 120 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e* without base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Spindle arbor MT 2 \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Drawbar\u003cbr\u003e 700 mm table\u003cbr\u003e Digital display for spindle travel\u003cbr\u003e Digital speed display\u003cbr\u003e CE-compliant EMC filter\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable protection\u003cbr\u003e Tool set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days in the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between a drill press and a mill-drill?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA drill press only has vertical spindle movement and a rotating table — suitable exclusively for drilling. The mill-drill (KF series) adds dovetail guides on the X and Y axes, which allow the workpiece to be moved in two directions during machining: this enables face milling, slab milling, boring, and multiple drilling operations without repositioning the workpiece. The gray cast iron rigidity of the KF series is fundamental for absorbing the lateral forces of milling, which a standard drill press cannot withstand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat milling cutters are used with the MT3 \/ MT4 taper?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MT3 or MT4 Morse taper of the KF series accepts: tapered shank cutters (with direct reduction in the spindle), tapered shank holders, ER32\/ER40 collets for straight shank cutters. With the MT3→B16 reduction, the keyless chuck for standard drill bits is mounted. For face milling, face mill heads with a corresponding tapered connection are used. Always check the maximum permissible peripheral speed for each tool before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the Vario-drive system work without stopping the machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Vario-drive system continuously adjusts the speed via a mechanical variator without stopping the machine or moving belts — you turn the knob during operation. To switch from slow drilling on hard steel to fast milling on aluminum, it only takes 3 seconds instead of 2–3 minutes of machine downtime with a traditional belt-driven gearbox.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKF series milling machines have a smaller footprint compared to BFM\/WFM workshop milling machines. Consider free space equal to the longitudinal travel on both sides of the table, plus 60 cm for safe operation. Contact Krollit for the complete dimensions of the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696796176712,"sku":"02-1028","price":2110.67,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_KF_25_L_Vario_Trapano-fresatrice_compatta_con_velocit_variabile_continua.png?v=1757661229"},{"product_id":"trapani-fresatrici-bernardo-kf25-pro","title":"Bernardo Milling\/Drilling Machine KF 25 PRO","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Drill-Milling Machine KF 25 PRO \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KF 25 PRO drill-milling machine is a combined machine suitable for drilling, milling, and tapping. Thanks to its DC motor and 2-stage gearbox, it offers continuous speed regulation (50–3000 rpm) and optimal torque even at low speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 700 x 180 mm cross table, with finely machined surfaces and travels of 490 x 150 mm, ensures ample operating space and precision. The ±90° inclinable head allows for angled milling and chamfering, while the tapered roller bearings ensure high spindle concentricity (≤0.015 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model can optionally be equipped with automatic table feed and a 3-axis digital readout, further increasing productivity. Standard features include: digital display for spindle travel and speed, adjustable protection, EMC filter, and tool set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Drilling capacity up to Ø 20 mm in steel\u003cbr\u003e Max. face milling Ø 63 mm and end milling max. Ø 20 mm\u003cbr\u003e Continuously adjustable speed (50–3000 rpm) with 2-stage gearbox\u003cbr\u003e ±90° inclinable head for angular machining and chamfering\u003cbr\u003e 700 x 180 mm cross table with 490 x 150 mm travel\u003cbr\u003e Spindle concentricity ≤0.015 mm with tapered roller bearings\u003cbr\u003e Dovetail guides on X, Y, and Z adjustable via gibs\u003cbr\u003e Right\/left rotation for tapping included as standard\u003cbr\u003e Digital display for speed and spindle travel\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable protection and CE compliant EMC filter\u003cbr\u003e Compact and robust structure, weight 135 kg\u003cbr\u003e Optional: automatic table feed and 3-axis digital readout\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity in steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFace milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnd milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-table distance min.\/max.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 – 325 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (stepless)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 – 1500 \/ 100 – 3000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 x 180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable travel (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e490 \/ 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-90° to +90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e275 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.90 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.35 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e950 x 560 x 930 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 135 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e* without base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Spindle arbor MT 3 \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Drawbar\u003cbr\u003e Digital display for spindle travel\u003cbr\u003e Digital speed display\u003cbr\u003e CE compliant EMC filter\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable protection\u003cbr\u003e Tool set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between a pillar drill and a drill-milling machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA pillar drill only has vertical spindle movement and a rotating table — suitable exclusively for drilling. The drill-milling machine (KF series) adds dovetail guides on the X and Y axes, allowing the workpiece to be moved in two directions during machining: this enables face milling, slab milling, boring, and multiple drillings without repositioning the workpiece. The cast iron rigidity of the KF series is crucial for absorbing the lateral forces of milling, which a standard pillar drill cannot withstand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat cutters are used with the MT3 \/ MT4 taper?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MT3 or MT4 Morse taper of the KF series accepts: taper shank cutters (with direct reduction in the spindle), cutter holders with taper shanks, ER32\/ER40 collets for cylindrical shank cutters. With the MT3→B16 reduction, a self-tightening chuck for standard drill bits can be mounted. For face milling, milling heads with the corresponding taper attachment are used. Always check the maximum permissible peripheral speed for each tool before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the Vario-drive system work without stopping the machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Vario-drive system continuously adjusts the speed via a mechanical variator without stopping the machine or moving belts — you turn the knob during operation. To switch from slow drilling on hard steel to fast milling on aluminum takes only 3 seconds instead of 2–3 minutes of machine downtime with a traditional belt-driven gearbox.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKF series milling machines have a smaller footprint compared to BFM\/WFM workshop milling machines. Consider free space equal to the longitudinal travel on both sides of the table, plus 60 cm for safe operation. Contact Krollit for the complete dimensions of the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696800174408,"sku":"02-1031","price":2342.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_KF_25_PRO_Trapano-fresatrice_compatta_con_velocit_variabile_continua.jpg?v=1757607323"},{"product_id":"bernardo-trapano-fresatrice-kf25pro","title":"Bernardo Milling and Drilling Machine KF 25 PRO with Automatic Feed","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Mill Drill KF 25 PRO with Automatic Feed \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KF 25 PRO mill drill with automatic feed is designed for workshops and laboratories that require a compact yet highly efficient machine. Thanks to its DC motor and 2-stage gearbox, it offers continuous speed adjustment (50–3000 rpm) with optimal torque even at low speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 700 x 180 mm cross table with travels of 470 x 150 mm, combined with the automatic feed for the X-axis (FTV 6), ensures precise and productive machining. The ±90° tilting head allows for angular milling, chamfering, and angled drilling. Tapered roller bearings ensure high spindle concentricity (≤0.015 mm), while adjustable dovetail guides increase stability and durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard features include: adjustable guard, digital speed and spindle travel display, EMC filter, LED light, and tool set. A complete solution suitable for keyway milling, facing, boring, and threading.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Drilling capacity in steel up to Ø 20 mm\u003cbr\u003e Face milling up to Ø 63 mm and end milling up to Ø 20 mm\u003cbr\u003e Automatic X-axis feed (FTV 6) included\u003cbr\u003e Continuously variable speed (50–3000 rpm) with 2-stage gearbox\u003cbr\u003e ±90° tilting head for angular machining and chamfering\u003cbr\u003e 700 x 180 mm cross table with travels of 470 x 150 mm\u003cbr\u003e High spindle concentricity ≤0.015 mm with tapered roller bearings\u003cbr\u003e Dovetail guides on X, Y, and Z adjustable via gibs\u003cbr\u003e Right\/left rotation for threading as standard\u003cbr\u003e Digital speed and spindle travel display included\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable guard compliant with CE\u003cbr\u003e Compact and robust structure, weight 135 kg\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFace milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnd milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle–column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle–table distance min.\/max.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 – 325 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (stepless)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 – 1500 \/ 100 – 3000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 x 180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable travels (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e470 \/ 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-90° to +90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e275 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.90 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.35 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e950 x 560 x 930 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 135 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e* without base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Spindle arbor MT 3 \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Drawbar\u003cbr\u003e Automatic X-axis feed FTV 6\u003cbr\u003e Digital spindle travel display\u003cbr\u003e Digital speed display\u003cbr\u003e CE compliant EMC filter\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable guard\u003cbr\u003e Tool set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Italian customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between a drill press and a mill drill?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA drill press only has vertical spindle movement and a rotating table — suitable exclusively for drilling. A mill drill (KF series) adds dovetail guides on the X and Y axes that allow the workpiece to be moved in two directions during machining: this enables face milling, slab milling, boring, and multiple drilling without repositioning the workpiece. The gray cast iron rigidity of the KF series is essential to absorb the lateral forces of milling, which a standard drill press cannot handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat cutters are used with the MT3 \/ MT4 taper?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MT3 or MT4 Morse taper of the KF series accepts: tapered shank cutters (with direct reduction in the spindle), tool holders with tapered shanks, ER32\/ER40 collets for straight shank cutters. With the MT3→B16 reduction, the self-tightening chuck for standard drill bits can be mounted. For face milling, face mill cutters with a corresponding tapered arbor are used. Always check the maximum peripheral speed allowed for each tool before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the Vario-drive system work without stopping the machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Vario-drive system continuously adjusts the speed via a mechanical variator without stopping the machine or moving belts — you simply turn the knob during operation. To switch from slow drilling on hard steel to fast milling on aluminum takes only 3 seconds instead of 2–3 minutes of machine downtime with a traditional belt drive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Italian customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKF series milling machines have a smaller footprint compared to BFM\/WFM workshop milling machines. Consider clear space equal to the longitudinal travel on both sides of the table, plus 60 cm for safe operation. Contact Krollit for complete dimensions of the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696867840328,"sku":"02-1032","price":2574.29,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_KF_25_PRO_Trapano-fresatrice_con_avanzamento_automatico_asse_X.png?v=1757606691"},{"product_id":"bernardo-fresatrice-kf-25-pro-dro-3-assi","title":"Bernardo KF 25 PRO – Drilling\/Milling Machine 3 Axes ES-12 V","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Mill-Drill KF 25 PRO with power feed and 3-axis digital readout ES-12 V\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KF 25 PRO mill-drill is designed for precision, versatility, and power in the workshop. Thanks to its 2-stage gearbox and continuous speed adjustment (50–1500 \/ 100–3000 rpm), it is perfectly suited for any type of machining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt comes standard with continuous table feed (FTV 6) and a 3-axis digital readout ES-12 V, ensuring high precision and convenience. The ±90° tilting head allows for angular machining and chamfers, while the DC motor guarantees high torque even at low speeds. The machine features precision tapered bearings (≤0.015 mm), dovetail guides on the X, Y, and Z axes adjustable via gibs, and a large cross table with T-slots. With right\/left rotation for tapping, an integrated EMC filter, and safety guards, the KF 25 PRO is the ideal choice for professionals and advanced hobbyists.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Continuous speed adjustment (50–1500 \/ 100–3000 rpm) with 2-stage gearbox\u003cbr\u003e Automatic continuous table feed (FTV 6) included as standard\u003cbr\u003e 3-axis digital readout ES-12 V with LCD display\u003cbr\u003e Large cross table with T-slots and professional-grade surface finish\u003cbr\u003e Head tiltable from -90° to +90° for angular machining and chamfers\u003cbr\u003e DC motor for optimal torque even at low speeds\u003cbr\u003e Right\/left rotation for tapping\u003cbr\u003e Precision tapered bearings with run-out ≤0.015 mm\u003cbr\u003e Dovetail guides on X, Y, and Z axes adjustable via gibs\u003cbr\u003e Digital display for speed and spindle travel\u003cbr\u003e Integrated EMC filter for protection against electromagnetic interference\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity in steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFace milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003emax. 63 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnd milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003emax. 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-table distance min.\/max.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 \/ 325 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (variable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 – 1500 \/ 100 – 3000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 x 180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTravels (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e470 \/ 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-90° to +90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e275 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.90 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.35 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e950 x 560 x 930 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 135 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*without stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 3-axis digital readout ES-12 V with LCD display\u003cbr\u003e Spindle arbor MT 3 \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Drawbar\u003cbr\u003e Automatic X-axis feed FTV 6\u003cbr\u003e Digital display for spindle travel\u003cbr\u003e Digital speed indicator\u003cbr\u003e CE compliant EMC filter\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable guard with microswitch\u003cbr\u003e Tool set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer service in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between a drill press and a mill-drill?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA drill press only has vertical spindle movement and a rotating table — suitable exclusively for drilling. A mill-drill (KF series) adds dovetail guides on the X and Y axes, allowing the workpiece to be moved in two directions during machining: this enables face milling, slab milling, boring, and multiple drilling operations without repositioning the workpiece. The cast iron rigidity of the KF series is crucial for absorbing the lateral forces of milling, which a standard drill press cannot withstand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat cutters are used with the MT3 \/ MT4 taper?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MT3 or MT4 Morse taper of the KF series accepts: tapered shank cutters (with direct reduction in the spindle), tapered shank tool holders, ER32\/ER40 collets for straight shank cutters. With the MT3→B16 reduction, the self-tightening chuck for standard drill bits can be mounted. For face milling, use milling heads with the corresponding tapered shank. Always check the maximum permissible peripheral speed for each tool before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the Vario-drive system work without stopping the machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Vario-drive system continuously adjusts the speed via a mechanical variator without stopping the machine or moving belts — you turn the knob during operation. Switching from slow drilling on hard steel to fast milling on aluminum takes only 3 seconds instead of 2–3 minutes of machine downtime with traditional belt changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer service in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKF series milling machines have a smaller footprint compared to BFM\/WFM workshop milling machines. Consider clear space equal to the longitudinal travel on both sides of the table, plus 60 cm for safe operation. Contact Krollit for the complete dimensions of the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696869478728,"sku":"02-1033B","price":3257.51,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_KF_25_PRO_Trapano-fresatrice_con_avanzamento_e_visualizzatore_digitale.jpg?v=1757422541"},{"product_id":"fresatrici-bernardo-bf-30-n-super","title":"Bernardo BF 30 N Super Mill-Drill with 3-Axis Display","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BF 30 N Super Drill and Milling Machine with 3-Axis Display\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BF 30 N Super – 230V\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional drill\/milling machine with an ES-12 V 3-axis digital readout with an LCD display, designed for precision machining in workshops and laboratories. With a drilling capacity in steel up to Ø 30 mm and face milling up to Ø 75 mm, it offers versatility and reliability. The 840 × 210 mm table with travels of 455 mm (X) and 195 mm (Y) ensures ample operating space, while the head, inclinable from –90° to +90° and height-adjustable up to 350 mm, increases machining flexibility. The 1.1 kW (1.6 kW S6) motor with variable speed from 50 to 3000 rpm allows optimal control. Includes MK3 arbors, quick-release chuck, and AL 350 D X-axis automatic feed. Weighing 222 kg, the BF 30 N Super is robust, precise, and complete, suitable for precision drilling, milling, and threading.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Steel drilling Ø 30 mm\u003cbr\u003e Face milling max Ø 75 mm – end milling Ø 25 mm\u003cbr\u003e Table 840 × 210 mm – X\/Y travels: 455 × 195 mm\u003cbr\u003e Head inclinable from –90° to +90° – height adjustment 350 mm\u003cbr\u003e Spindle-to-table distance: 115–465 mm\u003cbr\u003e Spindle speed: 50–1100 \/ 150–3000 rpm\u003cbr\u003e Spindle taper MK 3\u003cbr\u003e Motor 1.1 kW (S1) – 1.6 kW (S6) – 230V\u003cbr\u003e Weight: approx. 222 kg – robust and stable machine\u003cbr\u003e With \u003cstrong\u003eES-12 V 3-axis DRO\u003c\/strong\u003e and X-axis automatic feed\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBF 30 N Super\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel drilling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax face milling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax end milling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax threading\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-to-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115 – 465 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50–1100 \/ 150–3000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMK 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e840 × 210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTravels (X\/Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e455 \/ 195 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInclinable head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e–90° \/ +90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor S1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kW – 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor S6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.6 kW – 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1350 × 710 × 1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 222 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e BF 30 N Super Bernardo Drill\/Milling Machine\u003cbr\u003e ES-12 V LCD 3-axis digital display\u003cbr\u003e AL 350 D X-axis automatic feed\u003cbr\u003e MK3 \/ B16 Drill chuck arbor\u003cbr\u003e Quick-release drill chuck 1–16 mm \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e M12 Clamping arbor\u003cbr\u003e Digital speed and spindle travel indicators\u003cbr\u003e Adjustable protective cover\u003cbr\u003e CE compliant EMC filter\u003cbr\u003e Control unit and tool set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the KF series and the BF\/FM series in the Bernardo range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KF series (KF 16, KF 20, KF 25, KF 28) is the compact range: smaller tables, MT2\/MT3 tapers, suitable for laboratories with limited space and small to medium-sized machining. The BF series (BF 25, BF 30, BF 35, BF 40, BF 45) and FM series (FM 40, FM 45, FM 50, FM 55) are the professional versions: larger tables, MT3\/MT4 tapers, more powerful motors, greater travels — for medium-sized parts in continuous production. The FM series has a 360° inclinable head that the KF does not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat do the suffixes \"Vario\" and \"HSV\" mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVario: continuously adjustable spindle speed without changing belts. HSV: spindle head with tilt from -90° to +90° (Head Swivel Variable). BDC: integrated 3-axis digital readout (Digital Readout). The combination of HSV + Vario is the most flexible configuration for workshops working on different materials and geometries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3-axis DRO included as standard or is it an option?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model. Models with \"BDC\", \"DT 40\", \"ES-12V\" or \"with 3-axis display\" in the name include the digital readout as standard. Models without this designation do not include it — it is available as an optional accessory. Please check the specific model description.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop for the BF\/FM series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBF and FM milling machines are stationary workshop machines – not portable. Consider space for X and Y axis travels plus at least 60 cm clear on each side for safe operation. Contact Krollit for the full dimensions of the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696953856328,"sku":"02-10440","price":3721.12,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Trapano_Fresatrice_Bernardo_BF_30_N_Super_3_assi_con_DRO_ES-12_V.png?v=1757360315"},{"product_id":"bernardo-bf-25-l-super-trapano-fresatrice","title":"Bernardo Drill-Milling Machine BF 25 L Super","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BF 25 L Super Mill Drill – Precise and Versatile\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BF 25 L Super mill drill is a machine designed for precision work in workshops and laboratories. Thanks to its DC motor with continuous speed adjustment (100–1750 rpm), it guarantees optimal torque even at low speeds and maximum adaptability to various machining requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe head can be tilted 90° to the right and 30° to the left for angular machining, while the 700 x 160 mm cross table with travels of 550 x 140 mm offers ample working space. Dovetail guides on the X, Y, and Z axes, adjustable via gibs, and digital indicators for speed and spindle travel ensure stability and precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEquipped with right\/left rotation for tapping, height-adjustable protection, and compact construction, the BF 25 L Super is a reliable and affordable solution for drilling, milling, and boring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Drilling capacity up to Ø 25 mm in steel\u003cbr\u003e Max. face milling 63 mm and end milling 25 mm\u003cbr\u003e Tapping up to M12 with integrated right\/left rotation\u003cbr\u003e DC motor with continuously variable speed (100–1750 rpm)\u003cbr\u003e Tilting head 90° right and 30° left for angular machining\u003cbr\u003e 700 x 160 mm cross table with 550 x 140 mm travels\u003cbr\u003e Digital speed and spindle travel indicator included as standard\u003cbr\u003e Dovetail guides on X, Y, and Z adjustable with gibs\u003cbr\u003e Head height adjustment via front handwheel\u003cbr\u003e Compact and robust structure to reduce vibrations\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFace milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnd milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. tapping capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle to column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle to table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 – 415 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (variable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 – 1750 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 x 160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable travels (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 \/ 140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° R \/ 30° L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.0 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.3 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 x 670 x 980 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 200 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*without stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Chuck 1–13 mm \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Spindle arbor MT 3 \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Drawbar M12\u003cbr\u003e Digital speed indicator\u003cbr\u003e Digital spindle travel indicator\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable guard\u003cbr\u003e Tool set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the KF series and the BF\/FM series in the Bernardo range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KF series (KF 16, KF 20, KF 25, KF 28) is the compact range: smaller tables, MT2\/MT3 tapers, suitable for workshops with limited space and small-to-medium sized workpieces. The BF series (BF 25, BF 30, BF 35, BF 40, BF 45) and FM series (FM 40, FM 45, FM 50, FM 55) are the professional versions: larger tables, MT3\/MT4 tapers, more powerful motors, longer travels — for medium-sized workpieces in continuous production. The FM series has a 360° tilting head which the KF does not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat do the suffixes \"Vario\" and \"HSV\" mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVario: continuously adjustable spindle speed without changing belts. HSV: spindle head with tilt from −90° to +90° (Head Swivel Variable). BDC: integrated 3-axis digital position display (Digital Readout). The combination of HSV + Vario is the most flexible configuration for workshops working on different materials and geometries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3-axis DRO included as standard or is it an option?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model. Models with \"BDC\", \"DT 40\", \"ES-12V\" or \"with 3-axis display\" in the name include the digital display as standard. Models without this designation do not include it — it is available as an optional accessory. Please check the specific model description.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop for the BF\/FM series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBF and FM milling machines are stationary workshop machines — not portable. Consider the space for the X and Y axis travels plus at least 60 cm clear space on each side for safe operation. Contact Krollit for the complete dimensions of the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696954806600,"sku":"02-1041","price":2569.41,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_BF_25_L_Super_Trapano-fresatrice_compatta_con_velocit_variabile.jpg?v=1757586068"},{"product_id":"bernardo-bf-30-n-super-trapano-fresatrice","title":"Bernardo Milling-Drilling Machine BF 30 N Super – 3 Axes with X-Axis Feed AL 350 D","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Drill-Milling Machine BF 30 N Super – Compact, versatile, and with automatic X-axis feed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BF 30 N Super drill-milling machine is a compact and precise machine, designed for a wide range of applications such as keyway milling, surface milling, boring, and angular drilling. The DC motor ensures optimal torque even at low speeds, while the 2-stage gearbox offers efficient power transmission with continuous speed adjustment (50–3000 rpm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThanks to the ±90° tilting head, the 840 x 210 mm cross table with travels of 455 x 195 mm, and the automatic X-axis feed (AL 350 D) included as standard, the machine ensures versatility and productivity. The adjustable dovetail guides on the X, Y, and Z axes and the precision bearings with concentricity ≤0.015 mm guarantee stability and accuracy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEquipped with digital indicators for speed and spindle stroke, height-adjustable protection, LED light, and CE-compliant EMC filter, the BF 30 N Super is a complete machine for workshops and laboratories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Drilling up to Ø 30 mm in steel\u003cbr\u003e Face milling max. 75 mm and end milling max. 25 mm\u003cbr\u003e Tapping with integrated right\/left rotation\u003cbr\u003e DC motor with optimal torque even at low speeds\u003cbr\u003e 2-stage gearbox with continuously adjustable speed (50–3000 rpm)\u003cbr\u003e ±90° tilting head for angular machining and chamfers\u003cbr\u003e Cross table 840 x 210 mm with travels 455 x 195 mm\u003cbr\u003e Automatic X-axis feed AL 350 D included as standard\u003cbr\u003e Digital indicators for speed and spindle stroke\u003cbr\u003e Adjustable dovetail guides on X, Y, and Z\u003cbr\u003e Compact and stable structure to reduce vibrations\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFace milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003emax. 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnd milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003emax. 25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115 – 465 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 – 1100 \/ 150 – 3000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e840 x 210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable travels (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e455 \/ 195 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-90° to +90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.6 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1350 x 710 x 1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 222 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*without stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Automatic X-axis feed AL 350 D\u003cbr\u003e Self-clamping drill chuck 1–16 mm \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Spindle arbor MT 3 \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Drawbar M12\u003cbr\u003e Digital speed indicator\u003cbr\u003e Digital spindle stroke indicator\u003cbr\u003e CE-compliant EMC filter\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable protection\u003cbr\u003e Tool set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the KF series and the BF\/FM series in the Bernardo range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KF series (KF 16, KF 20, KF 25, KF 28) is the compact range: smaller tables, MT2\/MT3 tapers, suitable for workshops with limited space and small-to-medium sized machining. The BF series (BF 25, BF 30, BF 35, BF 40, BF 45) and FM series (FM 40, FM 45, FM 50, FM 55) are the professional versions: larger tables, MT3\/MT4 tapers, more powerful motors, longer travels — for medium-sized workpieces in continuous production. The FM series has a 360° tilting head that the KF does not have.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat do the suffixes \"Vario\" and \"HSV\" mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVario: continuously adjustable spindle speed without changing belts. HSV: spindle head with tilt from -90° to +90° (Head Swivel Variable). BDC: integrated 3-axis digital position display (Digital Readout). The HSV + Vario combination is the most flexible configuration for workshops working on different materials and geometries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3-axis DRO included as standard or is it an option?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model. Models with \"BDC\", \"DT 40\", \"ES-12V\" or \"with 3-axis display\" in the name include the digital display as standard. Models without this designation do not include it — it is available as an optional accessory. Please check the specific model description.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop for the BF\/FM series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBF and FM milling machines are fixed workshop machines — not portable. Consider the space for the X and Y axis travels plus at least 60 cm of free space on each side for safe operation. Contact Krollit for the complete dimensions of the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696956641608,"sku":"02-10430","price":3464.92,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_BF_30_N_Super_Trapano-fresatrice_compatta_con_avanzamento_X_automatico.png?v=1757585521"},{"product_id":"bernardo-bf-35-bdc-trapano-fresatrice","title":"Bernardo Bench Drilling and Milling Machine BF 35 BDC","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BF 35 BDC Drilling-Milling Machine\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BF 35 BDC drilling-milling machine is a versatile machine designed for precision drilling, milling, and threading. Thanks to its DC motor and continuous speed adjustment (100–3000 rpm), it ensures optimal torque and ideal adaptation to the workpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe inclinable head (-90°\/+90°), large cross table (840 x 210 mm), and travels of 535 x 225 mm allow for a wide range of applications: slot milling, face milling, boring, and threading up to M20. Dovetail guides on the X, Y, and Z axes and precision bearings (concentricity ≤0.015 mm) ensure stability and accuracy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEquipped with digital indicators for speed and spindle travel, a threading device, adjustable guard, and EMC filter, the BF 35 BDC is suitable for laboratories and workshops that require a compact and reliable machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Drilling up to Ø 35 mm in steel and face milling up to 75 mm\u003cbr\u003e End milling up to Ø 25 mm\u003cbr\u003e Threading up to M20 with integrated right\/left rotation\u003cbr\u003e Infinitely variable speed (100–3000 rpm) with DC motor\u003cbr\u003e Tilting head -90°\/+90° for angular machining\u003cbr\u003e Cross table 840 x 210 mm with travels 535 x 225 mm\u003cbr\u003e Digital speed and spindle travel indicators as standard\u003cbr\u003e Adjustable dovetail guides on X, Y, and Z axes\u003cbr\u003e Spindle concentricity ≤0.015 mm thanks to precision bearings\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable guard and CE-compliant EMC filter\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Data:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity in steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFace milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnd milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. threading capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-table distance min.\/max.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 – 440 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (stepless)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100–1500 \/ 200–3000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e840 x 210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable travels (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e535 \/ 225 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-90° to +90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1180 x 710 x 1220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 210 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*without stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScope of delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Drill chuck 3–16 mm \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Drill chuck arbor MT 3 \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Drawbar M12\u003cbr\u003e Digital speed indicator\u003cbr\u003e Digital spindle travel indicator\u003cbr\u003e CE-compliant EMC filter\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable guard\u003cbr\u003e Threading device\u003cbr\u003e Tool set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhy buy the BF 35 BDC Drilling-Milling Machine from Krollit\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePurchasing the BF 35 BDC Drilling-Milling Machine from Krollit means choosing not only a professional metalworking machine, but also concrete support before and after the purchase.\u003cbr\u003eKrollit assists professionals, craftsmen, and laboratories in choosing the most suitable machine, offering assistance, technical support, and spare parts management.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the KF series and the BF\/FM series in the Bernardo range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KF series (KF 16, KF 20, KF 25, KF 28) is the compact range: smaller tables, MT2\/MT3 tapers, suitable for laboratories with limited space and small-to-medium-sized operations. The BF series (BF 25, BF 30, BF 35, BF 40, BF 45) and FM series (FM 40, FM 45, FM 50, FM 55) are the professional versions: larger tables, MT3\/MT4 tapers, more powerful motors, longer travels — for medium-sized workpieces in continuous production. The FM series has a 360° tilting head that the KF does not have.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat do the suffixes \"Vario\" and \"HSV\" mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVario: continuously adjustable spindle speed without changing belts. HSV: spindle head with tilt from -90° to +90° (Head Swivel Variable). BDC: integrated 3-axis digital readout (Digital Readout). The combination HSV + Vario is the most flexible configuration for workshops working with different materials and geometries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3-axis DRO included as standard or is it an option?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model. Models with \"BDC\", \"DT 40\", \"ES-12V\" or \"with 3-axis display\" in the name include the digital readout as standard. Models without this designation do not include it — it is available as an optional accessory. Check the specific model description.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop for the BF\/FM series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBF and FM milling machines are stationary workshop machines — not portable. Consider the space for the X and Y axis travels plus at least 60 cm clear space on each side for safe operation. Contact Krollit for the full dimensions of the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696958083400,"sku":"02-1115","price":3318.51,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_BF_35_BDC_Trapano-fresatrice_compatta_a_velocit_variabile.jpg?v=1757585118"},{"product_id":"fresatrici-bernardo-bf-35-bdc-dro-3-assi","title":"Bernardo BF 35 BDC – Drilling\/Milling Machine 3 Axis ES-12 V","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BF 35 BDC drill-milling machine with automatic feed and ES-12 V 3-axis digital display\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BF 35 BDC drill-milling machine is a versatile and robust machine, designed for a wide range of applications such as grooving, facing, boring, and tapping up to M20. The DC motor ensures optimal torque even at low speeds, while continuous speed adjustment (100–1500 \/ 200–3000 rpm) allows precise adaptation to the workpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with automatic feed on the X-axis (AL 450 D), an ES-12 V 3-axis digital display with LCD and digital indicators for spindle speed and travel. Dovetail guides on the X, Y, and Z axes ensure stability, while precision bearings ensure concentricity of ≤0.015 mm. The ±90° tilting head allows for angular machining, chamfering, and complex drilling. The BF 35 BDC is a reliable choice for professionals and workshops that require precision and power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Continuous speed adjustment with two selectable ranges\u003cbr\u003e Wide range of applications: grooving, facing, boring, and tapping up to M20\u003cbr\u003e Automatic feed on the X-axis (AL 450 D) included as standard\u003cbr\u003e ES-12 V 3-axis digital display with LCD\u003cbr\u003e Digital indicators for spindle speed and travel\u003cbr\u003e DC motor for optimal torque even at low speeds\u003cbr\u003e Dovetail guides on X, Y, and Z axes adjustable via gibs\u003cbr\u003e High-precision bearings with concentricity (≤0.015 mm)\u003cbr\u003e Head tiltable from -90° to +90° for angled drilling and milling\u003cbr\u003e Large, surface-treated cross table with T-slots\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFacing milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003emax. 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnd milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003emax. 25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTapping capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM 20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle–column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle–table distance min.\/max.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 – 440 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (variable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 – 1500 \/ 200 – 3000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e840 x 210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTravels (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e535 \/ 225 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-90° to +90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1180 x 710 x 1220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 210 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*without stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e ES-12 V 3-axis digital display with LCD\u003cbr\u003e AL 450 D X-axis automatic feed\u003cbr\u003e Chuck 3–16 mm \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Spindle arbor MT3 \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Drawbar M12\u003cbr\u003e Digital speed indicator\u003cbr\u003e Digital spindle travel indicator\u003cbr\u003e EMC filter compliant with CE regulations\u003cbr\u003e Adjustable protection with microswitch\u003cbr\u003e Tapping device\u003cbr\u003e Tool set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer assistance available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the KF series and the BF\/FM series in the Bernardo range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KF series (KF 16, KF 20, KF 25, KF 28) is the compact range: smaller tables, MT2\/MT3 tapers, suitable for workshops with limited space and small-to-medium-sized operations. The BF series (BF 25, BF 30, BF 35, BF 40, BF 45) and FM series (FM 40, FM 45, FM 50, FM 55) are the professional versions: larger tables, MT3\/MT4 tapers, more powerful motors, longer travels — for medium-sized workpieces in continuous production. The FM series has a 360° tilting head, which the KF does not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat do the suffixes \"Vario\" and \"HSV\" mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVario: continuously adjustable spindle speed without changing belts. HSV: spindle head with tilt from -90° to +90° (Head Swivel Variable). BDC: integrated 3-axis digital position display (Digital Readout). The combination HSV + Vario is the most flexible configuration for workshops working with different materials and geometries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3-axis DRO included as standard or is it an option?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model. Models with the designation \"BDC\", \"DT 40\", \"ES-12V\" or \"with 3-axis display\" in the name include the digital display as standard. Models without this designation do not include it — it is available as an optional accessory. Please check the specific model description.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer assistance available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop for the BF\/FM series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBF and FM milling machines are fixed workshop machines — not portable. Consider the space for X and Y axis travels plus at least 60 cm free space on each side for safe operation. Contact Krollit for the complete dimensions of the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696960016712,"sku":"02-1117","price":4209.15,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_BF_35_BDC_Trapano-fresatrice_con_avanzamento_automatico_e_visualizzatore_digitale.jpg?v=1757421093"},{"product_id":"bernardo-bf-40-hs-trapano-fresatrice","title":"Bernardo Drilling and Milling Machine BF 40 HS","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Bench Milling Machine BF 40 HS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BF 40 HS bench milling machine is a robust and precise machine, suitable for professional drilling, milling, and threading operations. The 2-speed motor with 12 ranges (75–3200 rpm) and the quick-selector gear change ensure maximum flexibility and ease of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe geared head, inclinable from -90° to +90°, rotatable 360°, and height-adjustable, allows for angular machining and complex bevels. The 730 x 210 mm cross table, with travels of 480 x 210 mm, provides sufficient space for versatile and precise operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hardened and polished oil-immersed gears, precision tapered roller bearings, and cast iron structure reduce vibrations and ensure durability and stability. Standard features include: threading device, digital spindle travel indicator, cooling pump, adjustable guard, and LED light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Drilling capacity up to Ø 32 mm in steel and 40 mm in cast iron\u003cbr\u003e Max. milling capacity up to 80 mm\u003cbr\u003e 2-speed motor with 12 ranges (75–3200 rpm)\u003cbr\u003e Head inclinable -90°\/+90°, rotatable 360°, and height-adjustable\u003cbr\u003e Right\/left rotation for threading\u003cbr\u003e Cross table 730 x 210 mm with travels 480 x 210 mm\u003cbr\u003e Oil-immersed hardened gears for smooth operation\u003cbr\u003e Column Ø 115 mm and base 365 x 375 mm for optimal stability\u003cbr\u003e Robust cast iron structure to reduce vibrations\u003cbr\u003e Digital spindle travel indicator included\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable guard and LED work light\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (12 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 – 3200 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e730 x 210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. spindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e640 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. spindle-base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1185 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable travels (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e480 \/ 210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-90° to +90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e265 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColumn diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e365 x 375 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 \/ 1.5 kW (400 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 \/ 2.2 kW (400 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1070 x 800 x 2060 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 360 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Keyless drill chuck 1–16 mm \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Spindle arbor MT 4 \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Drawbar M16\u003cbr\u003e Morse taper sleeve MT 4\/3\u003cbr\u003e End mill holder MT 4\/27 mm\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable guard\u003cbr\u003e Digital spindle travel indicator\u003cbr\u003e Threading device\u003cbr\u003e Cooling device\u003cbr\u003e LED work light\u003cbr\u003e Longitudinal ruler\u003cbr\u003e Tool set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the KF series and the BF\/FM series in the Bernardo range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KF series (KF 16, KF 20, KF 25, KF 28) is the compact range: smaller tables, MT2\/MT3 tapers, suitable for workshops with limited space and small-to-medium size machining. The BF series (BF 25, BF 30, BF 35, BF 40, BF 45) and FM series (FM 40, FM 45, FM 50, FM 55) are the professional versions: larger tables, MT3\/MT4 tapers, more powerful motors, longer travels — for medium-sized parts in continuous production. The FM series has a 360° inclinable head, which the KF does not have.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat do the suffixes \"Vario\" and \"HSV\" mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVario: continuously adjustable spindle speed without changing belts. HSV: spindle head with inclination from -90° to +90° (Head Swivel Variable). BDC: integrated 3-axis digital position display (Digital Readout). The combination HSV + Vario is the most flexible configuration for workshops working with different materials and geometries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3-axis DRO included as standard or is it an option?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model. Models with \"BDC\", \"DT 40\", \"ES-12V\" or \"with 3-axis display\" in the name include the digital display as standard. Models without this designation do not include it — it is available as an optional accessory. Please check the specific model description.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop for the BF\/FM series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBF and FM milling machines are stationary workshop machines — not portable. Consider space for X and Y axis travels plus at least 60 cm clear space on each side for safe operation. Contact Krollit for complete dimensions of the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696962998600,"sku":"02-1098","price":3818.73,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_BF_40_HS_Trapano-fresatrice_con_testa_inclinabile_e_tavola_a_croce.jpg?v=1757584360"},{"product_id":"trapano-e-fresatrice-bf-45-hsv","title":"Bernardo Milling\/Drilling Machine BF 45 HSV","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Drill-Milling Machine BF 45 HSV \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BF 45 HSV drill-milling machine is a robust machine designed for drilling, milling, and tapping. Thanks to its 2-speed motor with 12 ranges (75–3200 rpm), hardened and ground oil-immersed gears, and solid steel column, it offers high performance even under intensive loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe gear head, which can be tilted -90°\/+90°, rotated 360°, and adjusted in height, allows for angular machining and complex bevels. The 730 x 210 mm cross table with travels of 495 x 200 mm provides ample working space, while the automatic spindle feed and integrated tapping device ensure productivity and precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEquipped with adjustable protection with a microswitch, digital spindle stroke display, cooling pump, and LED light, the BF 45 HSV is a complete and safe machine, suitable for workshops and mechanical laboratories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Drilling in steel up to Ø 32 mm and in cast iron up to 40 mm\u003cbr\u003e Max. milling up to 80 mm\u003cbr\u003e 2-speed motor with 12 ranges (75–3200 rpm)\u003cbr\u003e Head tiltable -90°\/+90°, rotatable 360°, and height adjustable\u003cbr\u003e Automatic spindle feed (0.10 \/ 0.18 \/ 0.26 mm\/rev)\u003cbr\u003e Right\/left rotation for tapping\u003cbr\u003e Cross table 730 x 210 mm with travels 495 x 200 mm\u003cbr\u003e Hardened and ground oil-immersed gears for smooth operation\u003cbr\u003e Steel column Ø 115 mm for heavy loads\u003cbr\u003e Stable cast iron structure with base 365 x 375 mm\u003cbr\u003e Digital spindle stroke display and LED work light\u003cbr\u003e CE compliant height-adjustable protection\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (12 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 – 3200 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.10 \/ 0.18 \/ 0.26 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e730 x 210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. spindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e640 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. spindle-base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable travels (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e495 \/ 200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-90° to +90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColumn diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e365 x 375 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 \/ 1.5 kW (400 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 \/ 2.2 kW (400 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1070 x 800 x 2060 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 362 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Keyless drill chuck 3–16 mm \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Spindle arbor MT 4 \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Drawbar M16\u003cbr\u003e Morse taper sleeve MT 4\/3\u003cbr\u003e Shank cutter holder MT 4\/27 mm\u003cbr\u003e Automatic spindle feed\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable protection\u003cbr\u003e Digital spindle stroke display\u003cbr\u003e Tapping device\u003cbr\u003e Cooling device\u003cbr\u003e LED work light\u003cbr\u003e Longitudinal ruler\u003cbr\u003e Tool set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Italian customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the KF series and the BF\/FM series in the Bernardo range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KF series (KF 16, KF 20, KF 25, KF 28) is the compact range: smaller tables, MT2\/MT3 tapers, suitable for workshops with limited space and small-to-medium sized machining. The BF series (BF 25, BF 30, BF 35, BF 40, BF 45) and FM series (FM 40, FM 45, FM 50, FM 55) are the professional versions: larger tables, MT3\/MT4 tapers, more powerful motors, longer travels — for medium-sized workpieces in continuous production. The FM series has a 360° tilting head, which the KF does not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat do the suffixes \"Vario\" and \"HSV\" mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVario: continuously adjustable spindle speed without changing belts. HSV: spindle head with tilt from -90° to +90° (Head Swivel Variable). BDC: integrated 3-axis digital position display (Digital Readout). The combination of HSV + Vario is the most flexible configuration for workshops working on different materials and geometries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3-axis DRO included as standard or is it an option?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model. Models with the designation \"BDC\", \"DT 40\", \"ES-12V\" or \"with 3-axis display\" in the name include the digital display as standard. Models without this designation do not include it — it is available as an optional accessory. Please check the specific model description.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eSpare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Italian customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop for the BF\/FM series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBF and FM milling machines are stationary workshop machines — not portable. Consider the space for the X and Y axis travels plus at least 60 cm clear space on each side for safe working. Contact Krollit for the complete dimensions of the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696967094600,"sku":"02-1106","price":4270.15,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_BF_45_HSV_Trapano-fresatrice_con_testa_inclinabile_e_avanzamento_automatico.jpg?v=1757583032"},{"product_id":"bernardo-bf-45-hsv-trapano-fresatrice","title":"Bernardo Milling-drilling Machine BF 45 HSV with X-axis Feed","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Drill-Milling Machine BF 45 HSV – Power, Versatility, and Automatic X-Axis Feed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BF 45 HSV drill-milling machine is a robust and professional machine, designed for drilling, milling, and tapping. Thanks to its 2-speed motor with 12 rotation ranges (75–3200 rpm), hardened and ground gears in an oil bath, and polished steel column, it guarantees consistent performance even under intensive loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe -90°\/+90° tilting head, 360° rotatable and height-adjustable, allows for angular machining and chamfering. The 730 x 210 mm cross table with 380 x 200 mm travels offers ample working space, while the automatic X-axis feed (AL 450 D) increases productivity and precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncluded as standard: automatic spindle feed, tapping device, digital spindle travel display, cooling pump, adjustable guard with microswitch, and LED light. A complete machine, suitable for workshops and mechanical laboratories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Drilling capacity up to Ø 32 mm in steel and 40 mm in cast iron\u003cbr\u003e Max. milling up to 80 mm\u003cbr\u003e 2-speed motor with 12 ranges (75–3200 rpm)\u003cbr\u003e Tilting head -90°\/+90°, 360° rotatable and height-adjustable\u003cbr\u003e Automatic spindle feed (0.10 \/ 0.18 \/ 0.26 mm\/rev)\u003cbr\u003e Automatic X-axis feed AL 450 D included as standard\u003cbr\u003e Right\/left rotation for tapping\u003cbr\u003e Cross table 730 x 210 mm with 380 x 200 mm travels\u003cbr\u003e Heavy cast iron structure with Ø 115 mm column for maximum stability\u003cbr\u003e Hardened and ground gears in an oil bath for smooth operation\u003cbr\u003e Digital spindle travel display and LED work light\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable guard compliant with CE standards\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle–column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (12 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 – 3200 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.10 \/ 0.18 \/ 0.26 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e730 x 210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. spindle–table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e640 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. spindle–base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable travels (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380 \/ 200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-90° to +90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColumn diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e365 x 375 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 \/ 1.5 kW (400 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 \/ 2.2 kW (400 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1070 x 800 x 2060 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 362 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Automatic X-axis feed AL 450 D\u003cbr\u003e Keyless drill chuck 3–16 mm \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Spindle arbor MT 4 \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Drawbar M16\u003cbr\u003e Morse sleeve MT 4\/3\u003cbr\u003e End mill holder MT 4\/27 mm\u003cbr\u003e Automatic spindle feed\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable guard\u003cbr\u003e Digital spindle travel display\u003cbr\u003e Tapping device\u003cbr\u003e Cooling device\u003cbr\u003e LED work light\u003cbr\u003e Longitudinal ruler\u003cbr\u003e Tool set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer service available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the KF series and the BF\/FM series in the Bernardo range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KF series (KF 16, KF 20, KF 25, KF 28) is the compact range: smaller tables, MT2\/MT3 tapers, suitable for workshops with limited space and small-to-medium size operations. The BF series (BF 25, BF 30, BF 35, BF 40, BF 45) and FM series (FM 40, FM 45, FM 50, FM 55) are the professional versions: larger tables, MT3\/MT4 tapers, more powerful motors, longer travels — for medium-sized workpieces in continuous production. The FM series has a 360° tilting head that the KF does not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat do the suffixes \"Vario\" and \"HSV\" mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVario: continuously adjustable spindle speed without changing belts. HSV: spindle head with tilt from −90° to +90° (Head Swivel Variable). BDC: integrated 3-axis digital position display (Digital Readout). The HSV + Vario combination is the most flexible configuration for workshops working on different materials and geometries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3-axis DRO included as standard or is it an option?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model. Models with \"BDC\", \"DT 40\", \"ES-12V\" or \"with 3-axis display\" in the name include the digital readout as standard. Models without this designation do not include it — it is available as an optional accessory. Check the specific model description.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer service available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop for the BF\/FM series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BF and FM milling machines are stationary workshop machines — not portable. Consider the space for the X and Y axis travels plus at least 60 cm clear on each side for safe operation. Contact Krollit for the complete dimensions of the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696970404168,"sku":"02-1111","price":4648.36,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_BF_45_HSV_Trapano-fresatrice_con_testa_inclinabile_e_avanzamento_automatico_X.png?v=1757582160"},{"product_id":"bernardo-bf-45-hsv-vario-trapano-fresatrice","title":"Bernardo Drill and Mill BF 45 HSV Vario","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Drill-Milling Machine BF 45 HSV Vario – Power, Precision, and Variable Speed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BF 45 HSV Vario drill-milling machine is a professional machine designed for high performance and versatility. Equipped with a Delta frequency inverter, it offers continuous speed regulation (75–2750 rpm) while maintaining optimal torque even at low speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith a drilling capacity of up to Ø 32 mm in steel and milling capacity of up to 80 mm, it is suitable for workshops and laboratories. The tiltable head from -90° to +90°, the 730 x 210 mm cross table, and the 495 x 200 mm travels allow for a wide range of applications: keyway milling, surfacing, angled drilling, and chamfering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHardened gears in an oil bath, a heavy steel column, and dovetail guides ensure stability and long life. Standard features include: automatic spindle feed, threading device, adjustable guard, digital indicators, cooling pump, and LED light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Drilling in steel up to Ø 32 mm and in cast iron up to 40 mm\u003cbr\u003e Max. milling up to 80 mm\u003cbr\u003e Continuous variable speed via Delta inverter (75–2750 rpm)\u003cbr\u003e Tiltable head -90°\/+90° for angular machining and chamfers\u003cbr\u003e Automatic spindle feed (0.10 \/ 0.18 \/ 0.26 mm\/rev)\u003cbr\u003e Right\/left rotation for threading\u003cbr\u003e Cross table 730 x 210 mm with travels 495 x 200 mm\u003cbr\u003e Ground gears in an oil bath for smooth operation\u003cbr\u003e Solid steel column Ø 115 mm for heavy loads\u003cbr\u003e Stable cast iron structure with 365 x 375 mm base\u003cbr\u003e Digital display for speed and spindle travel\u003cbr\u003e Cooling pump and LED light included\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle–column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 – 2750 rpm (stepless)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.10 \/ 0.18 \/ 0.26 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e730 x 210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. spindle–table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e640 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. spindle–base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable travels (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e495 \/ 200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-90° to +90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColumn diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e365 x 375 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW (400 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW (400 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1070 x 800 x 2060 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 362 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Keyless drill chuck 1–16 mm \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Spindle arbor MT 4 \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Drawbar M16\u003cbr\u003e Morse sleeve MT 4\/3\u003cbr\u003e End mill holder MT 4\/27 mm\u003cbr\u003e Automatic spindle feed\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable guard\u003cbr\u003e Digital spindle travel display\u003cbr\u003e Digital speed display\u003cbr\u003e Delta inverter for continuous speed\u003cbr\u003e Threading device\u003cbr\u003e Cooling device\u003cbr\u003e LED work light\u003cbr\u003e Longitudinal ruler\u003cbr\u003e Tool set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days in Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the KF series and the BF\/FM series in the Bernardo range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KF series (KF 16, KF 20, KF 25, KF 28) is the compact range: smaller tables, MT2\/MT3 tapers, suitable for workshops with limited space and small-to-medium size machining. The BF series (BF 25, BF 30, BF 35, BF 40, BF 45) and FM series (FM 40, FM 45, FM 50, FM 55) are the professional versions: larger tables, MT3\/MT4 tapers, more powerful motors, longer travels — for medium-sized parts in continuous production. The FM series has a 360° tiltable head, which the KF does not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat do the suffixes \"Vario\" and \"HSV\" mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVario: continuously adjustable spindle speed without changing belts. HSV: spindle head with tilt from −90° to +90° (Head Swivel Variable). BDC: integrated 3-axis digital readout (Digital Readout). The combination HSV + Vario is the most flexible configuration for workshops working with different materials and geometries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3-axis DRO included as standard or is it an option?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model. Models with \"BDC\", \"DT 40\", \"ES-12V\" or \"with 3-axis display\" in the name include the digital readout as standard. Models without this designation do not include it — it is available as an optional accessory. Check the specific model description.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop for the BF\/FM series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBF and FM milling machines are stationary workshop machines — not portable. Consider space for X and Y axis travels plus at least 60 cm clear space on each side for safe operation. Contact Krollit for full dimensions of the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696973746504,"sku":"02-1108","price":4758.16,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_BF_45_HSV_Vario_Trapano-fresatrice_con_inverter_e_avanzamento_automatico.png?v=1757581428"},{"product_id":"bernardo-fm-45-hs-trapano-fresatrice","title":"Bernardo Drill and milling machine FM 45 HS","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Milling\/Drilling Machine FM 45 HS – Powerful, Versatile, and Competitively Priced\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo FM 45 HS milling\/drilling machine is designed to offer excellent value for money, ensuring versatility and reliability in drilling, milling, and tapping operations. The oil-immersed gear drive with 12 speeds (75–3200 rpm) ensures smooth operation and quick adjustment thanks to the gear selector.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tilting head from -60° to +60°, the treated cross table measuring 800 x 240 mm, and the adjustable dovetail guides on the X, Y, and Z axes make the machine precise and versatile. With a drilling capacity of up to Ø 32 mm in steel and integrated tapping with right\/left rotation, the FM 45 HS is suitable for workshops and laboratories looking for reliability at an affordable cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEquipped with adjustable protection, a digital spindle stroke indicator, LED light, and professional accessories, it represents a suitable choice for those who need a complete and cost-effective machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Drilling in steel up to Ø 32 mm and in cast iron up to 40 mm\u003cbr\u003e Gear drive with 12 speeds (75–3200 rpm)\u003cbr\u003e Tilting head from -60° to +60° for angular machining\u003cbr\u003e Right\/left rotation for tapping\u003cbr\u003e Spindle feed via lever and fine feed with handwheel\u003cbr\u003e Cross table 800 x 240 mm with travels 555 x 225 mm\u003cbr\u003e Adjustable dovetail guides on X, Y, and Z\u003cbr\u003e Digital spindle stroke indicator included\u003cbr\u003e Adjustable protection with safety microswitch\u003cbr\u003e Integrated LED work light\u003cbr\u003e Robust cast iron structure to reduce vibrations\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (12 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 – 3200 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 x 240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable travels (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e555 \/ 225 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-60° to +60°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 – 485 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e425 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 \/ 1.5 kW (400 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 \/ 2.2 kW (400 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1140 x 770 x 1500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 287 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*without base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Keyless drill chuck 3–16 mm \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Arbor MT 4 \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Drawbar M16\u003cbr\u003e Morse taper sleeve MT 4\/3\u003cbr\u003e End mill holder MT 4\/27 mm\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable protection\u003cbr\u003e Tapping device (R\/L rotation)\u003cbr\u003e LED work lamp\u003cbr\u003e Digital spindle stroke indicator\u003cbr\u003e Steel cover\u003cbr\u003e Longitudinal ruler\u003cbr\u003e Tool set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Italian customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the KF series and the BF\/FM series in the Bernardo range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KF series (KF 16, KF 20, KF 25, KF 28) is the compact range: smaller tables, MT2\/MT3 tapers, suitable for workshops with limited space and small-to-medium sized machining. The BF series (BF 25, BF 30, BF 35, BF 40, BF 45) and FM series (FM 40, FM 45, FM 50, FM 55) are the professional versions: larger tables, MT3\/MT4 tapers, more powerful motors, greater travels — for medium-sized parts in continuous production. The FM series has a 360° tilting head that the KF does not have.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat do the suffixes \"Vario\" and \"HSV\" mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVario: continuously variable spindle speed without changing belts. HSV: spindle head with tilt from −90° to +90° (Head Swivel Variable). BDC: integrated 3-axis digital position display (Digital Readout). The combination HSV + Vario is the most flexible configuration for workshops working with different materials and geometries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3-axis DRO included as standard or is it an option?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model. Models with \"BDC\", \"DT 40\", \"ES-12V\" or \"with 3-axis display\" in the name include the digital display as standard. Models without this designation do not include it — it is available as an optional accessory. Please check the specific model description.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Italian customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop for the BF\/FM series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBF and FM milling machines are stationary workshop machines — not portable. Consider space for the X and Y axis travels plus at least 60 cm clear space on each side for safe operation. Contact Krollit for complete dimensions of the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696981709128,"sku":"02-1062","price":3233.11,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_FM_45_HS_Trapano-fresatrice_con_testa_inclinabile_e_cambio_a_ingranaggi.jpg?v=1757580154"},{"product_id":"bernardo-fm-45-hsv-trapano-fresatrice","title":"Bernardo Mill-Drill FM 45 HSV","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Mill-Drill FM 45 HSV – Versatility and Power for Precision Machining\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo FM 45 HSV mill-drill is a robust and versatile machine, suitable for drilling, milling, and threading. Thanks to its two-speed motor (75–3200 rpm) and quick gear selector, it offers a wide range of applications with simple and fast changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe swivelling head from -60° to +60°, the 800 x 240 mm cross table with travels of 555 x 225 mm, and automatic spindle feeds allow for angular machining, chamfers, and deep drilling. The cast-iron structure minimises vibrations, while dovetail guides on the X and Y axes ensure stability and precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FM 45 HSV is also equipped with a threading device, digital spindle travel indicator, adjustable protection with microswitch, LED light, and professional accessories, making it a complete machine for workshops and mechanical laboratories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Drilling up to Ø 32 mm in steel and max. milling 80 mm\u003cbr\u003e Two-stage motor with 12 speed ranges (75–3200 rpm)\u003cbr\u003e Swivelling head ±60° for angular machining and chamfers\u003cbr\u003e Automatic spindle feed (0.10 \/ 0.18 \/ 0.26 mm\/rev)\u003cbr\u003e Integrated threading device as standard\u003cbr\u003e Cross table 800 x 240 mm with travels 555 x 225 mm\u003cbr\u003e Heavy cast-iron structure to reduce vibrations\u003cbr\u003e Dovetail guides on X and Y axes adjustable with gibs\u003cbr\u003e Digital spindle travel indicator included\u003cbr\u003e LED work light and height-adjustable protection\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (12 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 – 3200 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.10 \/ 0.18 \/ 0.26 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 x 240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable travels (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e555 \/ 225 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-60° to +60°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 – 485 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e425 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 \/ 1.5 kW (400 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 \/ 2.2 kW (400 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1140 x 770 x 1500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 308 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*without stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScope of delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Keyless drill chuck 3–16 mm \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Spindle arbor MT 4 \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Drawbar M16\u003cbr\u003e Morse taper sleeve MT 4\/3\u003cbr\u003e End mill holder MT 4\/27 mm\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable protection\u003cbr\u003e Automatic spindle feed\u003cbr\u003e LED work light\u003cbr\u003e Digital spindle travel indicator\u003cbr\u003e Threading device\u003cbr\u003e Steel cover\u003cbr\u003e Longitudinal ruler\u003cbr\u003e Tool set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South of Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the KF series and the BF\/FM series in the Bernardo range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KF series (KF 16, KF 20, KF 25, KF 28) is the compact range: smaller tables, MT2\/MT3 taper, suitable for workshops with limited space and small-to-medium sized machining. The BF series (BF 25, BF 30, BF 35, BF 40, BF 45) and FM series (FM 40, FM 45, FM 50, FM 55) are the professional versions: larger tables, MT3\/MT4 taper, more powerful motors, longer travels — for medium-sized workpieces in continuous production. The FM series has a 360° swivelling head that the KF does not have.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat do the suffixes \"Vario\" and \"HSV\" mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVario: continuously adjustable spindle speed without changing belts. HSV: spindle head with tilt from −90° to +90° (Head Swivel Variable). BDC: integrated 3-axis digital position display (Digital Readout). The combination of HSV + Vario is the most flexible configuration for workshops working on different materials and geometries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3-axis DRO included as standard or is it an option?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model. Models with the designation \"BDC\", \"DT 40\", \"ES-12V\" or \"with 3-axis display\" in the name include the digital display as standard. Models without this designation do not include it — it is available as an optional accessory. Please check the specific model description.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop for the BF\/FM series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBF and FM milling machines are stationary workshop machines — not portable. Consider space for the X and Y axis travels plus at least 60 cm clear space on each side for safe working. Contact Krollit for the complete dimensions of the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696987345224,"sku":"02-1087","price":3436.86,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_FM_45_HSV_Trapano-fresatrice_con_testa_inclinabile_e_avanzamento_automatico.png?v=1757579271"},{"product_id":"bernardo-fm-50-hsv-trapano-fresatrice","title":"Bernardo Milling and Drilling Machine FM 50 HSV","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Drilling-Milling Machine FM 50 HSV – Versatility and Precision with Automatic Feeds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo FM 50 HSV drilling-milling machine is a professional machine designed for drilling, milling, and tapping. Thanks to the 2-speed motor with 12 ranges (75–3200 rpm) and hardened and ground gears in an oil bath, it offers smooth and powerful operation even under heavy loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine is equipped with automatic spindle feed with three selectable feeds and an integrated tapping device. The tiltable head ±60° and the 800 x 240 mm cross table with 555 x 225 mm travels offer great operational flexibility. The 90 W lifting motor allows for easy height adjustment of the head, while the digital spindle travel display improves machining precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith its robust cast iron structure, adjustable protection with microswitch, LED light, and adjustable dovetail guides, the FM 50 HSV proves to be a complete and reliable machine for workshops and mechanical laboratories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Drilling capacity up to Ø 32 mm in steel and max. 80 mm milling\u003cbr\u003e 2-speed motor with 12 ranges (75–3200 rpm)\u003cbr\u003e Automatic spindle feed (0.10 \/ 0.18 \/ 0.26 mm\/rev)\u003cbr\u003e Integrated tapping device as standard\u003cbr\u003e Head tiltable from -60° to +60° for angular milling and oblique drilling\u003cbr\u003e 800 x 240 mm cross table with 555 x 225 mm travels\u003cbr\u003e 90 W head lifting motor for quick adjustments\u003cbr\u003e Digital spindle travel display and LED light included\u003cbr\u003e Dovetail guides on X, Y and Z adjustable with gibs\u003cbr\u003e Ground gears in oil bath for smooth operation\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable protection with safety microswitch\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle–column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (12 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 – 3200 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.10 \/ 0.18 \/ 0.26 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 x 240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable travels (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e555 \/ 225 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-60° to +60°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle–table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e95 – 485 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead lifting motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 \/ 1.5 kW (400 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 \/ 2.2 kW (400 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1140 x 970 x 1460 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 322 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*without base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Keyless drill chuck 3–16 mm \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Taper sleeve MT 4 \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Drawbar M16\u003cbr\u003e Morse taper sleeve MT 4\/3\u003cbr\u003e End mill holder MT 4\/27 mm\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable protection\u003cbr\u003e Automatic spindle feed\u003cbr\u003e Head lifting motor\u003cbr\u003e LED work lamp\u003cbr\u003e Digital spindle travel indicator\u003cbr\u003e Tapping device\u003cbr\u003e Steel cover\u003cbr\u003e Longitudinal ruler\u003cbr\u003e Tool set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer service available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the KF series and the BF\/FM series in the Bernardo range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KF series (KF 16, KF 20, KF 25, KF 28) is the compact range: smaller tables, MT2\/MT3 connections, suitable for workshops with limited space and small to medium-sized workpieces. The BF series (BF 25, BF 30, BF 35, BF 40, BF 45) and FM series (FM 40, FM 45, FM 50, FM 55) are the professional versions: larger tables, MT3\/MT4 connections, more powerful motors, longer travels — for medium-sized workpieces in continuous production. The FM series has a 360° tilting head which the KF does not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat do the suffixes \"Vario\" and \"HSV\" mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVario: continuously adjustable spindle speed without changing belts. HSV: spindle head with tilt from −90° to +90° (Head Swivel Variable). BDC: integrated 3-axis digital position display (Digital Readout). The HSV + Vario combination is the most flexible configuration for workshops working on different materials and geometries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3-axis DRO included as standard or is it an option?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model. Models with \"BDC\", \"DT 40\", \"ES-12V\" or \"with 3-axis display\" in the name include the digital display as standard. Models without this designation do not include it — it is available as an optional accessory. Please check the specific model description.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eSpare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer service available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop for the BF\/FM series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBF and FM milling machines are fixed workshop machines — not portable. Consider space for the X and Y axis travels plus at least 60 cm free on each side for safe working. Contact Krollit for the full dimensions of the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696992850248,"sku":"02-1095","price":4294.55,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_FM_50_HSV_Trapano-fresatrice_con_avanzamenti_automatici_e_testa_inclinabile.jpg?v=1757578973"},{"product_id":"bernardo-fm-55-hsv-trapano-fresatrice","title":"Bernardo Milling-Drilling Machine FM 55 HSV with 3-axis DRO and Automatic Feed","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Mill Drill FM 55 HSV – Power and precision for professional machining\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo FM 55 HSV mill drill is a robust and versatile machine, designed for high-precision drilling, milling, and threading. Equipped with a 2-speed motor with 12 ranges (75–3200 rpm), it guarantees broad operational flexibility and excellent power transmission.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThanks to the automatic spindle feeds (3 selectable feeds) and automatic table feed with rapid traverse on the X-axis, it is suitable for intensive machining. The head can be tilted from -60° to +60°, the 800 x 240 mm cross table, and the solid cast iron structure with an anti-vibration base ensure stability and precision even under load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard features include: ES-12 V 3-axis digital readout, cooling pump, threading device, adjustable guard, LED light, and head lifting motor. A complete machine for workshops and mechanical laboratories that require high performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Drilling capacity up to Ø 32 mm in steel and max. 80 mm milling\u003cbr\u003e 2-speed motor with 12 rotation ranges (75–3200 rpm)\u003cbr\u003e Automatic spindle feed (0.10 \/ 0.18 \/ 0.26 mm\/revolution)\u003cbr\u003e Automatic X-axis feed with rapid traverse included\u003cbr\u003e Head inclinable from -60° to +60° for angular milling\u003cbr\u003e 800 x 240 mm cross table with travels of 420 x 200 mm\u003cbr\u003e ES-12 V 3-axis digital readout included as standard\u003cbr\u003e 90 W head lifting motor for quick adjustments\u003cbr\u003e Heavy cast iron structure with anti-vibration base and coolant channel\u003cbr\u003e Cooling pump, LED light, and adjustable guard included\u003cbr\u003e Manual central lubrication for all guides\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity in steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity in cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (12 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 – 3200 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.10 \/ 0.18 \/ 0.26 mm\/revolution\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 x 240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable travel (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e420 \/ 200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-60° to +60°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e95 – 485 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead lifting motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 \/ 1.5 kW (400 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 \/ 2.2 kW (400 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1270 x 960 x 2120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 447 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e ES-12 V 3-axis digital readout with LCD\u003cbr\u003e Keyless drill chuck 3–16 mm \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Spindle arbor MK 4 \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Drawbar M16\u003cbr\u003e Morse taper sleeve MT 4\/3\u003cbr\u003e Face mill arbor MT 4\/27 mm\u003cbr\u003e Automatic spindle feed\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable guard\u003cbr\u003e Head lifting motor\u003cbr\u003e Manual central lubrication\u003cbr\u003e Automatic X-axis feed AL 450 D\u003cbr\u003e LED work light\u003cbr\u003e Digital spindle stroke indicator\u003cbr\u003e Threading device\u003cbr\u003e Steel cover\u003cbr\u003e Cooling pump\u003cbr\u003e Longitudinal ruler\u003cbr\u003e Cast iron base with coolant channel\u003cbr\u003e Tool set\u003cimg\u003e\u003cimg\u003e\u003cimg\u003e\u003cimg\u003e\u003cimg\u003e\u003cimg\u003e\u003cimg\u003e\u003cimg\u003e\u003cimg\u003e\u003cimg\u003e\u003cimg\u003e\u003cimg\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the KF series and the BF\/FM series in the Bernardo range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KF series (KF 16, KF 20, KF 25, KF 28) is the compact range: smaller tables, MT2\/MT3 taper, suitable for workshops with limited space and small to medium-sized machining. The BF series (BF 25, BF 30, BF 35, BF 40, BF 45) and FM series (FM 40, FM 45, FM 50, FM 55) are the professional versions: larger tables, MT3\/MT4 taper, more powerful motors, greater travels — for medium-sized workpieces in continuous production. The FM series has a 360° tilting head that the KF does not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat do the suffixes \"Vario\" and \"HSV\" mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVario: continuously variable spindle speed without changing belts. HSV: spindle head with tilt from −90° to +90° (Head Swivel Variable). BDC: integrated 3-axis digital readout (Digital Readout). The combination HSV + Vario is the most flexible configuration for workshops working with different materials and geometries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3-axis DRO included as standard or is it an option?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model. Models with \"BDC\", \"DT 40\", \"ES-12V\" or \"with 3-axis display\" in the name include the digital readout as standard. Models without this designation do not include it — it is available as an optional accessory. Check the specific model description.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop for the BF\/FM series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBF and FM milling machines are stationary workshop machines — not portable. Consider the space for the X and Y axis travels plus at least 60 cm of clear space on each side for safe operation. Contact Krollit for the complete dimensions of the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696998748488,"sku":"02-1097","price":6881.03,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_FM_55_HSV_Trapano-fresatrice_con_avanzamenti_automatici_e_display_digitale.png?v=1757577072"},{"product_id":"drilling-milling-bernardo-fm-55-hsv-vario","title":"Bernardo Milling\/Drilling Machine FM 55 HSV Vario with 3-Axis DRO","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo drilling-milling machine FM 55 HSV Vario with 3-axis digital display ES-12 V and automatic X-axis feed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo FM 55 HSV Vario drilling-milling machine is a professional machine designed to meet the needs of mechanical workshops and laboratories. Thanks to the Delta frequency inverter, the spindle speed can be continuously adjusted (75–2750 rpm) with optimal torque even at low speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEquipped with automatic table feed with rapid traverse on the X-axis and automatic spindle feed with 3 selectable feeds, the machine ensures productivity and precision. The ±60° tilting head allows for angular machining, while the 800 x 240 mm cross table with 420 x 200 mm travels offers ample space for milling and drilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard features include: 3-axis digital display ES-12 V, tapping device, cooling pump integrated into the cast iron base, adjustable guard, and LED light. A robust and complete machine, suitable for intensive milling and drilling operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Drilling in steel up to Ø 32 mm and max. milling 80 mm\u003cbr\u003e Continuous speed adjustment via Delta inverter (75–2750 rpm)\u003cbr\u003e Automatic table feed with rapid traverse on the X-axis\u003cbr\u003e Automatic spindle feed (0.10 \/ 0.18 \/ 0.26 mm\/rev)\u003cbr\u003e Tilting head from -60° to +60° for angular milling and chamfering\u003cbr\u003e 3-axis digital display ES-12 V included as standard\u003cbr\u003e Cross table 800 x 240 mm with travels 420 x 200 mm\u003cbr\u003e Heavy cast iron structure with anti-vibration base\u003cbr\u003e Cooling pump integrated into the base\u003cbr\u003e Powerful 1.5 kW (S1) – 2.2 kW (S6) 400 V motor\u003cbr\u003e Centralized lubrication and height-adjustable guard\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle–column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 – 480 \/ 425 – 2750 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.10 \/ 0.18 \/ 0.26 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 x 240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable travels (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e420 \/ 200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-60° to +60°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle–table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e95 – 485 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead lifting motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW (400 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW (400 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1270 x 960 x 2120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 445 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 3-axis digital display ES-12 V with LCD\u003cbr\u003e Keyless chuck 3–16 mm \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Sleeve MT 4 \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Drawbar M16\u003cbr\u003e Morse sleeve MT 4\/3\u003cbr\u003e Shank cutter holder MT4\/27 mm\u003cbr\u003e Automatic spindle feed\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable guard\u003cbr\u003e Head lifting motor\u003cbr\u003e Centralized lubrication\u003cbr\u003e Automatic X-axis feed AL 450 D\u003cbr\u003e Delta VFD-E inverter\u003cbr\u003e LED work light\u003cbr\u003e Digital display for speed and spindle travel\u003cbr\u003e Tapping device\u003cbr\u003e Steel cover\u003cbr\u003e Integrated cooling pump\u003cbr\u003e Longitudinal ruler\u003cbr\u003e Cast iron base with coolant grooves\u003cbr\u003e Tool set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the KF series and the BF\/FM series in the Bernardo range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KF series (KF 16, KF 20, KF 25, KF 28) is the compact range: smaller tables, MT2\/MT3 tapers, suitable for workshops with limited space and small-to-medium size operations. The BF series (BF 25, BF 30, BF 35, BF 40, BF 45) and FM series (FM 40, FM 45, FM 50, FM 55) are the professional versions: larger tables, MT3\/MT4 tapers, more powerful motors, longer travels — for medium-sized parts in continuous production. The FM series has a 360° tilting head which the KF series does not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat do the suffixes \"Vario\" and \"HSV\" mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVario: continuously adjustable spindle speed without changing belts. HSV: spindle head with tilt from −90° to +90° (Head Swivel Variable). BDC: integrated 3-axis digital position display (Digital Readout). The combination HSV + Vario is the most flexible configuration for workshops working with different materials and geometries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3-axis DRO included as standard or is it an option?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model. Models with the designation \"BDC\", \"DT 40\", \"ES-12V\" or \"with 3-axis display\" in the name include the digital display as standard. Models without this designation do not include it — it is available as an optional accessory. Please check the specific model description.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eSpare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop for the BF\/FM series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBF and FM milling machines are fixed workshop machines — not portable. Consider the space for the X and Y axis travels plus at least 60 cm clear space on each side for safe operation. Contact Krollit for the complete dimensions of the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50697003827528,"sku":"02-1101","price":7527.66,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_FM_55_HSV_Vario_Trapano-fresatrice_con_inverter_avanzamenti_automatici_e_visualizzatore_digitale.jpg?v=1757575481"},{"product_id":"fresatrice-trapano-bernardo-fm55-htc-vario","title":"Drilling and Milling Machine FM 55 HTC Vario Bernardo with 3-Axis Display","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo FM 55 HTC Vario Drill and Milling Machine with 3-Axis Display\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo FM 55 HTC Vario Drill and Milling Machine with 3-axis digital display is a versatile professional machine for precision machining of steel and cast iron. With drilling capacities up to 32 mm in steel and 40 mm in cast iron, a milling head up to 80 mm, and an ISO 30 spindle taper, it guarantees high performance even in the most complex jobs. The 800 × 240 mm table with 420 × 200 mm travel allows for extensive machining, while the -60° to +60° swiveling head ensures maximum flexibility. The automatic spindle feed, central lubrication, and 1.5 kW motor make the model reliable and powerful. Equipped with LED light, frequency converter, and cooling system, the FM 55 HTC Vario is a complete solution for workshops and mechanical laboratories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Drilling capacity steel Ø 32 mm, cast iron Ø 40 mm\u003cbr\u003e Max. milling head Ø 80 mm\u003cbr\u003e Spindle taper ISO 30\u003cbr\u003e Quill stroke 125 mm with automatic feed\u003cbr\u003e Table 800 × 240 mm, T-slots 14 mm\u003cbr\u003e Travel (X\/Y): 420 \/ 200 mm\u003cbr\u003e Head swivel from -60° to +60°\u003cbr\u003e 1.5 kW motor (400 V) with frequency converter\u003cbr\u003e ES-12 V LCD 3-axis digital display\u003cbr\u003e Weight: 455 kg\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFM 55 HTC Vario\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilling head capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO 30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuill stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.10 \/ 0.18 \/ 0.26 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 – 480 \/ 425 – 2750 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTravel (X\/Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e420 \/ 200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 × 240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-60° \/ +60°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle\/table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e95 – 485 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead adjustable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifting motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMain motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW (400 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1270 × 960 × 2120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 455 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e ES-12 V LCD 3-axis digital display\u003cbr\u003e Quick-clamping drill chuck 3–16 mm \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Tapered chuck ISO 30 \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Clamping chuck M16\u003cbr\u003e Adapter ISO 30 \/ MK2\u003cbr\u003e Pneumatic workpiece clamping\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable protective cover\u003cbr\u003e Lifting motor for milling head\u003cbr\u003e Combined chuck ISO 30 \/ 27 mm\u003cbr\u003e Automatic spindle feed\u003cbr\u003e Central lubrication\u003cbr\u003e X-axis feed AL 450 D\u003cbr\u003e Delta VFD-E frequency converter\u003cbr\u003e Integrated LED light\u003cbr\u003e Digital speed and spindle indicator\u003cbr\u003e Tapping device\u003cbr\u003e Protective bellows cover\u003cbr\u003e Cooling system\u003cbr\u003e Measuring scale\u003cbr\u003e Cast iron base with cooling channel\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer service in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the KF series and the BF\/FM series in the Bernardo range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KF series (KF 16, KF 20, KF 25, KF 28) is the compact range: smaller tables, MT2\/MT3 tapers, suitable for workshops with limited space and small-to-medium sized work. The BF series (BF 25, BF 30, BF 35, BF 40, BF 45) and FM series (FM 40, FM 45, FM 50, FM 55) are the professional versions: larger tables, MT3\/MT4 tapers, more powerful motors, greater travel — for medium-sized parts in continuous production. The FM series has a 360° swiveling head which the KF does not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat do the suffixes \"Vario\" and \"HSV\" mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVario: continuously adjustable spindle speed without changing belts. HSV: spindle head with inclination from −90° to +90° (Head Swivel Variable). BDC: integrated 3-axis digital position display (Digital Readout). The combination of HSV + Vario is the most flexible configuration for workshops working on different materials and geometries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3-axis DRO included as standard or is it an option?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model. Models with \"BDC\", \"DT 40\", \"ES-12V\" or \"with 3-axis display\" in the name include the digital display as standard. Models without this designation do not include it — it is available as an optional accessory. Check the specific model description.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer service in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop for the BF\/FM series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBF and FM milling machines are stationary workshop machines — not portable. Consider the space for the X and Y axis travel plus at least 60 cm free on each side for safe operation. Contact Krollit for the full dimensions of the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50697006285128,"sku":"02-1102","price":8076.68,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Trapano_e_fresatrice_FM_55_HTC_Vario_con_display_digitale_a_3_assi.jpg?v=1756224635"},{"product_id":"trapano-fresatrice-bernardo-kf18-top","title":"Bernardo Drilling and Milling Machine KF 18 Top DT 40","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Bench Milling and Drilling Machine KF 18 Top with 3-Axis Digital Readout DT 40\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KF 18 Top drilling and milling machine is a compact and powerful machine, designed for small workshops that require precision and versatility. Thanks to its 2-stage gearbox and continuous speed adjustment (50–3000 rpm), it allows for optimal adaptation to different materials and processes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ±90° tilting head, the 500 x 180 mm cross table, and the adjustable feeds on the X, Y, and Z axes make the machine suitable for slot milling, face milling, boring, and angular drilling. The standard 3-axis digital readout DT 40, along with digital indicators for speed and spindle travel, allows for optimal control of the machining process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KF 18 Top is also equipped with a DC motor, precision tapered bearings, EMC filter, adjustable guard, and LED light, ensuring safety and quality in a compact format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Drilling capacity in steel up to 18 mm\u003cbr\u003e Face milling up to 63 mm and end milling up to 20 mm\u003cbr\u003e 2-stage gearbox with continuously adjustable speeds (50–3000 rpm)\u003cbr\u003e Tilting head ±90° for angular machining and chamfering\u003cbr\u003e Cross table 500 x 180 mm with travels 285 x 135 mm\u003cbr\u003e 3-axis digital readout DT 40 included as standard\u003cbr\u003e Digital display for speed and spindle travel\u003cbr\u003e DC motor with high torque even at low speeds\u003cbr\u003e Guaranteed concentricity ≤0.015 mm thanks to precision tapered bearings\u003cbr\u003e Dovetail guides on X, Y, and Z adjustable with gibs\u003cbr\u003e Compact, robust, and stable structure with integrated guards\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFace milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003emax. 63 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnd milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003emax. 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle–column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e195 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle–table distance min.\/max.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 – 280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 – 1500 \/ 100 – 3000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 x 180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable travels (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e285 \/ 135 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-90° to +90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.50 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.80 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e740 x 640 x 850 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 95 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*without stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 3-axis digital readout DT 40\u003cbr\u003e Drill chuck 3–16 mm \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Drill arbor MT 2 \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Drawbar M10\u003cbr\u003e LED work light\u003cbr\u003e Digital speed indicator\u003cbr\u003e Digital spindle travel indicator\u003cbr\u003e CE compliant EMC filter\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable guard\u003cbr\u003e Cable chain\u003cbr\u003e Tool set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the KF series and the BF\/FM series in the Bernardo range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KF series (KF 16, KF 20, KF 25, KF 28) is the compact range: smaller tables, MT2\/MT3 tapers, suitable for workshops with limited space and small-to-medium-sized operations. The BF series (BF 25, BF 30, BF 35, BF 40, BF 45) and FM series (FM 40, FM 45, FM 50, FM 55) are the professional versions: larger tables, MT3\/MT4 tapers, more powerful motors, greater travels — for medium-sized parts in continuous production. The FM series has a 360° tilting head, which the KF does not have.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat do the suffixes \"Vario\" and \"HSV\" mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVario: continuously adjustable spindle speed without changing belts. HSV: spindle head with tilt from -90° to +90° (Head Swivel Variable). BDC: integrated 3-axis digital position display (Digital Readout). The combination HSV + Vario is the most flexible configuration for workshops working with different materials and geometries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3-axis DRO included as standard or is it an option?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model. Models with \"BDC\", \"DT 40\", \"ES-12V\" or \"with 3-axis display\" in the name include the digital readout as standard. Models without this designation do not include it — it is available as an optional accessory. Please check the specific model description.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop for the BF\/FM series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBF and FM milling machines are stationary workshop machines — not portable. Consider the space for the X and Y axis travels plus at least 60 cm clear space on each side for safe operation. Contact Krollit for complete dimensions of the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50697007399240,"sku":"02-10221","price":2183.87,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_KF_18_Top_Trapano-fresatrice_compatta_con_visualizzatore_digitale_DT_40.png?v=1757521028"},{"product_id":"bernardo-kf-28-top-fresatrice-trapano","title":"Bernardo Drill-Milling Machine KF 28 Top","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Mill Drill KF 28 Top – Compact, versatile\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KF 28 Top mill drill is a compact and precise machine, suitable for drilling, milling, and threading operations. The 2-stage gearbox with continuously variable speed (50–2600 rpm) ensures excellent power transmission and perfect adaptation to every type of material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 700 x 180 mm cross table with 490 x 150 mm travel and the ±90° tilting head allow for easy and precise angular machining and chamfering. The DC motor provides optimal torque even at low speeds, while the dovetail guides on X, Y, and Z axes, adjustable with gibs, guarantee stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith speed and spindle travel digital display, adjustable protection, EMC filter, and LED light included, the KF 28 Top is the compact and efficient choice for workshops and laboratories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Drilling capacity up to 25 mm in steel\u003cbr\u003e Face milling up to 63 mm and end milling up to 25 mm\u003cbr\u003e 2-stage gearbox with continuously variable speed (50–2600 rpm)\u003cbr\u003e Tilting head ±90° for angle milling and oblique drilling\u003cbr\u003e Cross table 700 x 180 mm with 490 x 150 mm travel\u003cbr\u003e DC motor with high torque even at low speeds\u003cbr\u003e Guaranteed concentricity ≤0.015 mm thanks to precision tapered bearings\u003cbr\u003e Adjustable dovetail guides on X, Y, and Z axes\u003cbr\u003e Integrated digital displays for speed and spindle travel\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable protection with microswitch\u003cbr\u003e LED light and EMC filter compliant with CE standards\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFace milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003emax. 63 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnd milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003emax. 25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle–column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle–table distance min.\/max.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 – 315 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 – 1400 \/ 100 – 2600 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 x 180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable travel (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e490 \/ 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-90° to +90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e265 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.90 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.35 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e940 x 650 x 930 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 135 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*without stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Drill chuck 3–16 mm \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Drill arbor MT 3 \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Drawbar\u003cbr\u003e LED work light\u003cbr\u003e Digital spindle travel display\u003cbr\u003e Digital speed display\u003cbr\u003e CE compliant EMC filter\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable protection\u003cbr\u003e Cable chain\u003cbr\u003e Tool set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer service available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the KF series and the BF\/FM series in the Bernardo range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KF series (KF 16, KF 20, KF 25, KF 28) is the compact range: smaller tables, MT2\/MT3 tapers, suitable for workshops with limited space and small-to-medium-sized operations. The BF series (BF 25, BF 30, BF 35, BF 40, BF 45) and FM series (FM 40, FM 45, FM 50, FM 55) are the professional versions: larger tables, MT3\/MT4 tapers, more powerful motors, greater travel — for medium-sized parts in continuous production. The FM series has a 360° tilting head which the KF does not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat do the suffixes \"Vario\" and \"HSV\" mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVario: continuously variable spindle speed without changing belts. HSV: spindle head with tilt from -90° to +90° (Head Swivel Variable). BDC: integrated 3-axis digital position display (Digital Readout). The combination HSV + Vario is the most flexible configuration for workshops working with different materials and geometries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3-axis DRO included as standard or is it an option?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model. Models with \"BDC\", \"DT 40\", \"ES-12V\" or \"with 3-axis display\" in the name include the digital display as standard. Models without this designation do not include it — it is available as an optional accessory. Please check the specific model description.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer service available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop for the BF\/FM series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBF and FM milling machines are stationary workshop machines — not portable. Consider space for X and Y axis travel plus at least 60 cm clear space on each side for safe operation. Contact Krollit for full dimensions of the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50697008972104,"sku":"02-1034","price":2130.19,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_KF_28_Top_Trapano-fresatrice_compatta_con_velocit_variabile.png?v=1757578506"},{"product_id":"trapano-fresatrice-bernardo-kf28-top-digital","title":"Bernardo Milling and Drilling Machine KF 28 Top with 3-Axis Display","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Mill-Drill KF 28 Top with automatic feed and 3-axis digital readout ES-12 V\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KF 28 Top mill-drill is a versatile and compact machine, suitable for workshops and mechanical laboratories. Thanks to its 2-stage gearbox and continuous speed adjustment (50–2600 rpm), it guarantees optimal adaptation to different materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEquipped with a ±90° tilting head, a 700 x 180 mm cross table with 430 x 120 mm travels and automatic feed on the X-axis, it allows for milling, boring, angular drilling, and tapping operations. The digital indicators for speed and spindle travel, along with the standard 3-axis digital readout ES-12 V, ensure optimal control of the machining process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dovetail guides on the X, Y, and Z axes, adjustable with gibs, and the precision tapered roller bearings guarantee concentricity ≤0.015 mm. A robust cast iron structure, EMC filter, adjustable guard, and LED lamp complete a package that combines precision and safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Drilling capacity in steel up to 25 mm and end milling up to 25 mm\u003cbr\u003e 2-stage gearbox with continuously adjustable speeds (50–2600 rpm)\u003cbr\u003e Standard automatic X-axis feed\u003cbr\u003e ±90° tilting head for angular machining and chamfers\u003cbr\u003e 700 x 180 mm cross table with 430 x 120 mm travels\u003cbr\u003e 3-axis digital readout ES-12 V included\u003cbr\u003e Digital display for spindle speed and travel\u003cbr\u003e DC motor with high torque even at low speeds\u003cbr\u003e Concentricity ≤0.015 mm thanks to precision tapered roller bearings\u003cbr\u003e Dovetail guides on X, Y, Z adjustable with gibs\u003cbr\u003e Compact and stable structure, suitable for workshops and small laboratories\u003cbr\u003e LED work light, adjustable guard, and EMC filter included\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity in steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFace milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003emax. 63 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnd milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003emax. 25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-table distance min.\/max.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 – 315 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 – 1400 \/ 100 – 2600 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 x 180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable travels (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e430 \/ 120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-90° to +90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e265 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.90 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.35 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e940 x 650 x 930 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 135 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*without stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 3-axis digital readout ES-12 V with LCD\u003cbr\u003e Drill chuck 3–16 mm \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Spindle arbor MT 3 \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Drawbar\u003cbr\u003e Automatic X-axis feed\u003cbr\u003e LED work light\u003cbr\u003e Digital spindle travel display\u003cbr\u003e Digital speed display\u003cbr\u003e CE compliant EMC filter\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable guard\u003cbr\u003e Cable chain\u003cbr\u003e Tool set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the KF series and the BF\/FM series in the Bernardo range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KF series (KF 16, KF 20, KF 25, KF 28) is the compact range: smaller tables, MT2\/MT3 tapers, suitable for workshops with limited space and small-to-medium-sized jobs. The BF series (BF 25, BF 30, BF 35, BF 40, BF 45) and FM series (FM 40, FM 45, FM 50, FM 55) are the professional versions: larger tables, MT3\/MT4 tapers, more powerful motors, greater travels — for medium-sized parts in continuous production. The FM series has a 360° tilting head, which the KF does not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat do the suffixes \"Vario\" and \"HSV\" mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVario: continuously adjustable spindle speed without changing belts. HSV: spindle head with tilt from −90° to +90° (Head Swivel Variable). BDC: integrated 3-axis digital position display (Digital Readout). The combination HSV + Vario is the most flexible configuration for workshops working with different materials and geometries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3-axis DRO included as standard or is it an option?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model. Models with \"BDC\", \"DT 40\", \"ES-12V\" or \"with 3-axis display\" in the name include the digital readout as standard. Models without this designation do not include it — it is available as an optional accessory. Please check the specific model description.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much workshop space is needed for the BF\/FM series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBF and FM milling machines are stationary workshop machines — not portable. Consider space for X and Y axis travels plus at least 60 cm free space on each side for safe operation. Contact Krollit for full dimensions of the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50697013789000,"sku":"02-10341","price":3281.91,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_KF_28_Top_Trapano-fresatrice_con_avanzamento_automatico_e_visualizzatore_digitale.png?v=1757520359"},{"product_id":"trapano-fresatrice-bernardo-kf28-top","title":"Bernardo Drilling and Milling Machine KF 28 Top with Automatic Feed","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Milling and Drilling Machine KF 28 Top with Automatic Feed \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KF 28 Top milling and drilling machine is a professional machine suitable for a wide range of operations such as keyway milling, facing, angular drilling, threading, and boring. Thanks to its 2-stage gearbox and continuous speed control (50–2600 rpm), it allows optimal adaptation to different materials and workpiece requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine is equipped with automatic feed on the X-axis, a swiveling head ±90°, and a large cross table (700 x 180 mm) with travel of 430 x 150 mm. The tapered roller gears and precision bearings ensure concentricity ≤0.015 mm, while the dovetail guides on the X, Y, and Z axes provide stability and precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplete with digital speed and spindle travel indicator, EMC filter, LED light, and integrated guards, the KF 28 Top is a compact and high-performance solution for workshops and mechanical laboratories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Versatile drilling and milling machine for milling, drilling, boring, and threading\u003cbr\u003e 2-stage gearbox with continuously adjustable speeds (50–2600 rpm)\u003cbr\u003e Automatic X-axis feed as standard\u003cbr\u003e Head inclinable ±90° for angular machining and chamfers\u003cbr\u003e Cross table 700 x 180 mm with travel 430 x 150 mm\u003cbr\u003e Digital speed and spindle travel indicator included as standard\u003cbr\u003e DC motor with optimal torque even at low speeds\u003cbr\u003e Guaranteed concentricity ≤0.015 mm thanks to precision tapered bearings\u003cbr\u003e Dovetail guides on X, Y, Z axes adjustable with gibs\u003cbr\u003e LED light, adjustable guard, and EMC filter as standard\u003cbr\u003e Compact structure, suitable for workshops and small laboratories\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity in steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFace milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003emax. 63 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnd milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003emax. 25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-table distance min.\/max.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 – 315 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 – 1400 \/ 100 – 2600 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 x 180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable travel (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e430 \/ 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-90° to +90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e265 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.90 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.35 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e940 x 650 x 930 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 135 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*without base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Drill chuck 3–16 mm \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Spindle arbor MT 3 \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Drawbar\u003cbr\u003e X-axis automatic feed\u003cbr\u003e LED work light\u003cbr\u003e Digital spindle travel indicator\u003cbr\u003e Digital speed indicator\u003cbr\u003e CE compliant EMC filter\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable guard\u003cbr\u003e Cable chain\u003cbr\u003e Tool set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the KF series and the BF\/FM series in the Bernardo range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KF series (KF 16, KF 20, KF 25, KF 28) is the compact range: smaller tables, MT2\/MT3 tapers, suitable for workshops with limited space and small-to-medium sized work. The BF series (BF 25, BF 30, BF 35, BF 40, BF 45) and FM series (FM 40, FM 45, FM 50, FM 55) are the professional versions: larger tables, MT3\/MT4 tapers, more powerful motors, greater travel — for medium-sized parts in continuous production. The FM series has a 360° tilting head that the KF does not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat do the suffixes \"Vario\" and \"HSV\" mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVario: continuously adjustable spindle speed without changing belts. HSV: spindle head with tilt from −90° to +90° (Head Swivel Variable). BDC: integrated 3-axis digital position display (Digital Readout). The combination HSV + Vario is the most flexible configuration for workshops working with different materials and geometries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3-axis DRO included as standard or is it an option?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model. Models with the designation \"BDC\", \"DT 40\", \"ES-12V\" or \"with 3-axis display\" in the name include the digital display as standard. Models without this designation do not include it — it is available as an optional accessory. Check the description of the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop for the BF\/FM series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBF and FM milling machines are fixed workshop machines — not portable. Consider space for X and Y axis travel plus at least 60 cm clear space on each side for safe operation. Contact Krollit for the full dimensions of the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50697019457864,"sku":"02-10340","price":2547.45,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_KF_28_Top_Trapano-fresatrice_compatta_con_avanzamento_automatico.jpg?v=1757519218"},{"product_id":"trapano-fresatrice-bernardo-fm45hs","title":"Bernardo Drilling\/Milling Machine FM 45 HS with 3-Axis DRO","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Drill-Milling Machine FM 45 HS with 3-Axis DRO ES-12 V\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo FM 45 HS drill-milling machine is a multifunctional machine designed for professional applications such as drilling, milling, and threading. Equipped with an oil-bath gear change with 12 speed ranges (75–3200 rpm), it ensures smooth transmission and quick speed selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tiltable head from -60° to +60°, the treated cross table measuring 800 x 240 mm, and the dovetail guide system on the X, Y, and Z axes make the machine extremely versatile and precise. The 1.5 kW motor, along with adjustable feeds and included accessories, ensures excellent value for money, suitable for workshops and users seeking uncompromising reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Drilling in steel up to 32 mm and in cast iron up to 40 mm\u003cbr\u003e Milling with inclinable head from -60° to +60° for angular machining\u003cbr\u003e Oil-bath gear change with 12 speeds (75–3200 rpm)\u003cbr\u003e 3-axis digital display ES-12 V included as standard\u003cbr\u003e Right\/left rotation for threading\u003cbr\u003e Spindle with MT4 taper and 125 mm stroke\u003cbr\u003e Cross table 800 x 240 mm with 555 x 205 mm travels\u003cbr\u003e Dovetail guides on X, Y, and Z axes adjustable with gibs\u003cbr\u003e 1.1\/1.5 kW motor (400 V) for heavy-duty use\u003cbr\u003e Robust cast iron structure and great operational stability\u003cbr\u003e Excellent price\/performance ratio\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speeds (12 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 – 3200 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 x 240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTravels (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e555 \/ 205 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-60° to +60°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 – 485 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e425 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 \/ 1.5 kW (400 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 \/ 2.2 kW (400 V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1140 x 770 x 1500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 287 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*without base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 3-axis digital display ES-12 V with LCD\u003cbr\u003e Keyless drill chuck 3–16 mm \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Spindle arbor MT 4 \/ B16\u003cbr\u003e Drawbar M16\u003cbr\u003e Morse sleeve MT 4\/3\u003cbr\u003e End mill holder MT4\/27 mm\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable guard\u003cbr\u003e Threading device\u003cbr\u003e LED work lamp\u003cbr\u003e Digital spindle stroke indicator\u003cbr\u003e Steel cover\u003cbr\u003e Longitudinal ruler\u003cbr\u003e Tool set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the KF series and the BF\/FM series in the Bernardo range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KF series (KF 16, KF 20, KF 25, KF 28) is the compact range: smaller tables, MT2\/MT3 tapers, suitable for workshops with limited space and small-to-medium-sized machining. The BF series (BF 25, BF 30, BF 35, BF 40, BF 45) and FM series (FM 40, FM 45, FM 50, FM 55) are the professional versions: larger tables, MT3\/MT4 tapers, more powerful motors, greater travels — for medium-sized parts in continuous production. The FM series has a 360° tiltable head that the KF series does not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat do the suffixes \"Vario\" and \"HSV\" mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVario: continuously adjustable spindle speed without changing belts. HSV: spindle head with tilt from −90° to +90° (Head Swivel Variable). BDC: integrated 3-axis digital position display (Digital Readout). The combination HSV + Vario is the most flexible configuration for workshops working with different materials and geometries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3-axis DRO included as standard or is it an option?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model. Models with \"BDC\", \"DT 40\", \"ES-12V\" or \"with 3-axis display\" in the name include the digital display as standard. Models without this designation do not include it — it is available as an optional accessory. Check the description of the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop for the BF\/FM series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBF and FM milling machines are stationary workshop machines — not portable. Consider space for the X and Y axis travels plus at least 60 cm clear space on each side for safe operation. Contact Krollit for the full dimensions of the specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50697028141384,"sku":"02-1063","price":3855.33,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_FM_45_HS_Trapano-fresatrice_con_visualizzatore_digitale_3_assi.png?v=1757518351"},{"product_id":"trapano-fresatrice-bernardo-bf30n-super","title":"Drilling and milling machine Bernardo BF 30 N Super","description":"\u003cp\u003eBernardo BF 30 N Super is a professional drill-milling machine, with a drilling capacity of 30 mm, speeds of 50 – 1100 \/ 150 – 3000 rpm, a 1.1 kW \/ 230 V motor, and weighing approx. 208 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrilling capacity in steel: 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFace milling capacity: max. 75 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnd milling capacity: max. 25 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle-column distance: 180 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle-table distance: 115 – 465 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle stroke: 70 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle speed (variable): 50 – 1100 \/ 150 – 3000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle taper: MT 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BF 30 N Super and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and prototyping laboratories use the BF 30 N Super for combined drilling, milling, and threading operations on metal parts. The tilting head allows for angled machining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BF 30 N Super is part of the Bernardo drill-milling machine range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South of Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the BF 30 N Super for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall and medium mechanical workshops\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCombined drilling, milling, and threading operations on metal parts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrototyping laboratories and maintenance technicians\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCreation of grooves, holes, and angled machining with a tilting head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMulti-shift industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo be evaluated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor intensive continuous cycles, evaluate HSV ranges or universal milling machines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications that exceed the technical specifications declared by the manufacturer. For doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity in steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFace milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003emax. 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnd milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003emax. 25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115 – 465 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (variable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 – 1100 \/ 150 – 3000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e840 x 210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTravel (X \/ Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e585 \/ 225 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-90° to +90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1350 x 710 x 1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.6 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 208 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat can the BF 30 N Super process?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrilling, face milling, end milling, and threading on mild steels, cast iron, and light alloys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stated capacities refer to standard unhardened steels. For alloy steels, reduce feed and cutting speed to preserve tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is the spindle speed adjusted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the \"Spindle speed\" data in the technical table: Vario adjustment or mechanical step change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVario models allow continuous adjustment via inverter or keypad, while mechanical gear models (e.g., BF 30 G) require manual range selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee \"Voltage\" data in the technical table: typically 230 V single-phase or 400 V three-phase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarger models (BF 45, FM 45, FM 50) require a 400 V three-phase line. Verify availability in the workshop before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the head tiltable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, see \"Head tilt\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHead tilt allows for angular milling and chamfering without complex workpiece clamping. More advanced models offer tilt up to ±90°.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the machine weigh?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe weight varies from approx. 50 kg (KF 10) to over 350 kg (BF 45 HSV Vario).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor models over 200 kg, installation on a dedicated base is recommended. For lighter models, a robust and flat workbench is sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50699484692808,"sku":"02-10420","price":3220.91,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_BF_30_N_Super_Trapano-fresatrice_con_testa_inclinabile_e_display_digitale.jpg?v=1757514041"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/collections\/Progetto-senza-titolo-5.png?v=1753775738","url":"https:\/\/www.krollit.com\/collections\/drill-milling-cutter-bench.oembed","provider":"Krollit","version":"1.0","type":"link"}